##// END OF EJS Templates
i18n-zh_CN: split messages into paragraphs
Martin Geisler -
r11400:e5b7841e default
parent child Browse files
Show More
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (5525 lines changed) Show them Hide them
@@ -1,26 +1,25 b''
1 #
2 # Chinese (simplified) translation for Mercurial
1 # Chinese (simplified) translation for Mercurial
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as Mercurial
2 # This file is distributed under the same license as Mercurial
4 #
3 #
5 # Copyright (C) 2009 the Mercurial team
4 # Copyright (C) 2009 the Mercurial team
6 # Dongsheng Song <dongsheng.song@gmail.com>, 2009
5 # Dongsheng Song <dongsheng.song@gmail.com>, 2009
7 #
6 #
8 # Update with pot file:
7 # Update with pot file:
9 # msgmerge --update zh_CN.po hg.pot
8 # msgmerge --update zh_CN.po hg.pot
10 # msgfmt --statistics -c zh_CN.po
9 # msgfmt --statistics -c zh_CN.po
11 #
10 #
12 # Please test your translation before commit:
11 # Please test your translation before commit:
13 # python setup.py build_py -c -d . build_ext -i build_mo
12 # python setup.py build_py -c -d . build_ext -i build_mo
14 # LC_ALL=zh_CN.UTF-8 ./hg
13 # LC_ALL=zh_CN.UTF-8 ./hg
15 #
14 #
16 # Please format your translation before commit:
15 # Please format your translation before commit:
17 # msgcat --width=80 --sort-by-file -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
16 # msgcat --width=80 --sort-by-file -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
18 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
17 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
19 #
18 #
20 # Please remove '#: filename:line' lines before submit to hg:
19 # Please remove '#: filename:line' lines before submit to hg:
21 # msgcat --width=80 --no-location -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
20 # msgcat --width=80 --no-location -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
22 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
21 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
23 #
22 #
24 # Dictionary:
23 # Dictionary:
25 # blame 追溯
24 # blame 追溯
26 # branch 分支
25 # branch 分支
@@ -43,7 +42,7 b''
43 # versioned 受版本控制
42 # versioned 受版本控制
44 # working copy 工作副本
43 # working copy 工作副本
45 # ...
44 # ...
46 #
45 #
47 msgid ""
46 msgid ""
48 msgstr ""
47 msgstr ""
49 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial 1.3\n"
48 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial 1.3\n"
@@ -55,8 +54,8 b' msgstr ""'
55 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
54 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
56 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
55 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
57 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
56 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
57 "X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n"
58 "Generated-By: pygettext.py 1.5\n"
58 "Generated-By: pygettext.py 1.5\n"
59 "X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n"
60 "X-Poedit-Country: CHINA\n"
59 "X-Poedit-Country: CHINA\n"
61
60
62 #, python-format
61 #, python-format
@@ -69,62 +68,72 b' msgstr "\xe9\x80\x89\xe9\xa1\xb9"'
69 msgid "COMMANDS"
68 msgid "COMMANDS"
70 msgstr "命令"
69 msgstr "命令"
71
70
72 msgid ""
71 msgid " options:"
73 " options:\n"
72 msgstr " 选项:"
74 "\n"
73
75 msgstr ""
74 #, python-format
76 " 选项:\n"
75 msgid " aliases: %s"
77 "\n"
76 msgstr " 别名: %s"
78
77
79 #, python-format
78 msgid "hooks for controlling repository access"
80 msgid ""
79 msgstr ""
81 " aliases: %s\n"
80
82 "\n"
81 msgid ""
83 msgstr ""
84 " 别名: %s\n"
85 "\n"
86
87 msgid ""
88 "hooks for controlling repository access\n"
89 "\n"
90 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
82 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
91 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets.\n"
83 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets."
92 "\n"
84 msgstr ""
85
86 msgid ""
93 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
87 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
94 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
88 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
95 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative).\n"
89 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative)."
96 "\n"
90 msgstr ""
91
92 msgid ""
97 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
93 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
98 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
94 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
99 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
95 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
100 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
96 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
101 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
97 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
102 "is no way to distinguish them.\n"
98 "is no way to distinguish them."
103 "\n"
99 msgstr ""
104 "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
100
105 "\n"
101 msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::"
102 msgstr ""
103
104 msgid ""
106 " [extensions]\n"
105 " [extensions]\n"
107 " acl =\n"
106 " acl ="
108 "\n"
107 msgstr ""
108
109 msgid ""
109 " [hooks]\n"
110 " [hooks]\n"
110 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook\n"
111 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
111 "\n"
112 msgstr ""
113
114 msgid ""
112 " [acl]\n"
115 " [acl]\n"
113 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
116 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
114 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
117 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
115 " sources = serve\n"
118 " sources = serve"
116 "\n"
119 msgstr ""
120
121 msgid ""
117 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
122 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
118 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
123 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
119 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
124 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
120 "is. ::\n"
125 "is. ::"
121 "\n"
126 msgstr ""
127
128 msgid ""
122 " [acl.allow]\n"
129 " [acl.allow]\n"
123 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
130 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
124 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
131 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
125 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
132 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
126 " .hgtags = release_engineer\n"
133 " .hgtags = release_engineer"
127 "\n"
134 msgstr ""
135
136 msgid ""
128 " [acl.deny]\n"
137 " [acl.deny]\n"
129 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
138 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
130 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
139 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
@@ -164,38 +173,47 b' msgstr "acl: \xe7\x94\xa8\xe6\x88\xb7 %s \xe8\xa2\xab\xe6\x8b\x92\xe7\xbb\x9d\xe8\xae\xbf\xe9\x97\xae %s\\n"'
164 msgid "acl: allowing changeset %s\n"
173 msgid "acl: allowing changeset %s\n"
165 msgstr "acl: 允许修改集 %s\n"
174 msgstr "acl: 允许修改集 %s\n"
166
175
167 msgid ""
176 msgid "track a line of development with movable markers"
168 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
177 msgstr ""
169 "\n"
178
179 msgid ""
170 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
180 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
171 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
181 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
172 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
182 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
173 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
183 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset."
174 "\n"
184 msgstr ""
185
186 msgid ""
175 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
187 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
176 "merge, hg update).\n"
188 "merge, hg update)."
177 "\n"
189 msgstr ""
190
191 msgid ""
178 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
192 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
179 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
193 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
180 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
194 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
181 "your .hgrc::\n"
195 "your .hgrc::"
182 "\n"
196 msgstr ""
197
198 msgid ""
183 " [bookmarks]\n"
199 " [bookmarks]\n"
184 " track.current = True\n"
200 " track.current = True"
185 "\n"
201 msgstr ""
202
203 msgid ""
186 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
204 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
187 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
205 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
188 "branching.\n"
206 "branching.\n"
189 msgstr ""
207 msgstr ""
190
208
191 msgid ""
209 msgid ""
192 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
193 "\n"
194 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
210 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
195 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
211 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
196 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
212 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
197 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.\n"
213 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
198 "\n"
214 msgstr ""
215
216 msgid ""
199 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
217 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
200 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
218 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
201 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
219 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
@@ -236,117 +254,171 b' msgstr "\xe6\x94\xb9\xe5\x90\x8d\xe6\x8c\x87\xe5\xae\x9a\xe4\xb9\xa6\xe7\xad\xbe"'
236 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
254 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
237 msgstr ""
255 msgstr ""
238
256
239 msgid ""
257 msgid "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker"
240 "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n"
258 msgstr ""
241 "\n"
259
260 msgid ""
242 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
261 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
243 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
262 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
244 "bug status.\n"
263 "bug status."
245 "\n"
264 msgstr ""
265
266 msgid ""
246 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
267 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
247 "installations using MySQL are supported.\n"
268 "installations using MySQL are supported."
248 "\n"
269 msgstr ""
270
271 msgid ""
249 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
272 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
250 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
273 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
251 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
274 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
252 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
275 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
253 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
276 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
254 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
277 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately."
255 "\n"
278 msgstr ""
279
280 msgid ""
256 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
281 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
257 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
282 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:"
258 "\n"
283 msgstr ""
284
285 msgid ""
259 "host\n"
286 "host\n"
260 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
287 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database."
261 "\n"
288 msgstr ""
289
290 msgid ""
262 "db\n"
291 "db\n"
263 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
292 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'."
264 "\n"
293 msgstr ""
294
295 msgid ""
265 "user\n"
296 "user\n"
266 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
297 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'."
267 "\n"
298 msgstr ""
299
300 msgid ""
268 "password\n"
301 "password\n"
269 " Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
302 " Password to use to access MySQL server."
270 "\n"
303 msgstr ""
304
305 msgid ""
271 "timeout\n"
306 "timeout\n"
272 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
307 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5."
273 "\n"
308 msgstr ""
309
310 msgid ""
274 "version\n"
311 "version\n"
275 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
312 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
276 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
313 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
277 " to 2.18.\n"
314 " to 2.18."
278 "\n"
315 msgstr ""
316
317 msgid ""
279 "bzuser\n"
318 "bzuser\n"
280 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
319 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
281 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
320 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user."
282 "\n"
321 msgstr ""
322
323 msgid ""
283 "bzdir\n"
324 "bzdir\n"
284 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
325 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
285 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
326 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'."
286 "\n"
327 msgstr ""
328
329 msgid ""
287 "notify\n"
330 "notify\n"
288 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
331 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
289 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
332 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
290 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
333 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
291 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
334 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
292 " %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
335 " %(id)s %(user)s\"."
293 "\n"
336 msgstr ""
337
338 msgid ""
294 "regexp\n"
339 "regexp\n"
295 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
340 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
296 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
341 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
297 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
342 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
298 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
343 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive."
299 "\n"
344 msgstr ""
345
346 msgid ""
300 "style\n"
347 "style\n"
301 " The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
348 " The style file to use when formatting comments."
302 "\n"
349 msgstr ""
350
351 msgid ""
303 "template\n"
352 "template\n"
304 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
353 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
305 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
354 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
306 " extension specifies::\n"
355 " extension specifies::"
307 "\n"
356 msgstr ""
357
358 msgid ""
308 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
359 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
309 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
360 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
310 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
361 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
311 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
362 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories."
312 "\n"
363 msgstr ""
364
365 msgid ""
313 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
366 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
314 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
367 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'"
315 "\n"
368 msgstr ""
369
370 msgid ""
316 "strip\n"
371 "strip\n"
317 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
372 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
318 " {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
373 " {webroot}. Default 0."
319 "\n"
374 msgstr ""
375
376 msgid ""
320 "usermap\n"
377 "usermap\n"
321 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
378 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
322 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
379 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
323 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
380 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section."
324 "\n"
381 msgstr ""
382
383 msgid ""
325 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
384 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
326 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
385 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
327 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
386 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\""
328 "\n"
387 msgstr ""
329 "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
388
330 "\n"
389 msgid "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:"
390 msgstr ""
391
392 msgid ""
331 "baseurl\n"
393 "baseurl\n"
332 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
394 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
333 " templates as {hgweb}.\n"
395 " templates as {hgweb}."
334 "\n"
396 msgstr ""
335 "Activating the extension::\n"
397
336 "\n"
398 msgid "Activating the extension::"
399 msgstr ""
400
401 msgid ""
337 " [extensions]\n"
402 " [extensions]\n"
338 " bugzilla =\n"
403 " bugzilla ="
339 "\n"
404 msgstr ""
405
406 msgid ""
340 " [hooks]\n"
407 " [hooks]\n"
341 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
408 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
342 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
409 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook"
343 "\n"
410 msgstr ""
344 "Example configuration:\n"
411
345 "\n"
412 msgid "Example configuration:"
413 msgstr ""
414
415 msgid ""
346 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
416 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
347 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
417 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
348 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
418 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::"
349 "\n"
419 msgstr ""
420
421 msgid ""
350 " [bugzilla]\n"
422 " [bugzilla]\n"
351 " host=localhost\n"
423 " host=localhost\n"
352 " password=XYZZY\n"
424 " password=XYZZY\n"
@@ -356,20 +428,28 b' msgid ""'
356 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
428 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
357 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
429 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
358 " {desc}\\n\n"
430 " {desc}\\n\n"
359 " strip=5\n"
431 " strip=5"
360 "\n"
432 msgstr ""
433
434 msgid ""
361 " [web]\n"
435 " [web]\n"
362 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n"
436 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg"
363 "\n"
437 msgstr ""
438
439 msgid ""
364 " [usermap]\n"
440 " [usermap]\n"
365 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
441 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com"
366 "\n"
442 msgstr ""
367 "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
443
368 "\n"
444 msgid "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::"
445 msgstr ""
446
447 msgid ""
369 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
448 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
370 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
449 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642"
371 "\n"
450 msgstr ""
372 " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
451
452 msgid " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
373 msgstr ""
453 msgstr ""
374
454
375 #, python-format
455 #, python-format
@@ -447,9 +527,11 b' msgid "command to display child changese'
447 msgstr "列出子修改集的命令"
527 msgstr "列出子修改集的命令"
448
528
449 #, fuzzy
529 #, fuzzy
450 msgid ""
530 msgid "show the children of the given or working directory revision"
451 "show the children of the given or working directory revision\n"
531 msgstr "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲"
452 "\n"
532
533 #, fuzzy
534 msgid ""
453 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
535 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
454 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
536 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
455 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
537 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
@@ -457,8 +539,6 b' msgid ""'
457 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
539 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
458 " "
540 " "
459 msgstr ""
541 msgstr ""
460 "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲\n"
461 "\n"
462 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
542 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
463 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
543 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
464 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
544 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
@@ -481,38 +561,55 b' msgstr ""'
481 msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
561 msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
482 msgstr ""
562 msgstr ""
483
563
484 msgid ""
564 msgid "histogram of changes to the repository"
485 "histogram of changes to the repository\n"
565 msgstr ""
486 "\n"
566
567 msgid ""
487 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
568 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
488 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
569 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
489 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
570 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
490 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
571 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
491 " date instead.\n"
572 " date instead."
492 "\n"
573 msgstr ""
574
575 msgid ""
493 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
576 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
494 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
577 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
495 " --changesets option is specified.\n"
578 " --changesets option is specified."
496 "\n"
579 msgstr ""
497 " Examples::\n"
580
498 "\n"
581 msgid " Examples::"
582 msgstr ""
583
584 msgid ""
499 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
585 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
500 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
586 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'"
501 "\n"
587 msgstr ""
588
589 msgid ""
502 " # display daily activity graph\n"
590 " # display daily activity graph\n"
503 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n"
591 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c"
504 "\n"
592 msgstr ""
593
594 msgid ""
505 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
595 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
506 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n"
596 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c"
507 "\n"
597 msgstr ""
598
599 msgid ""
508 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
600 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
509 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
601 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s"
510 "\n"
602 msgstr ""
603
604 msgid ""
511 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
605 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
512 " by providing a file using the following format::\n"
606 " by providing a file using the following format::"
513 "\n"
607 msgstr ""
514 " <alias email> <actual email>\n"
608
515 "\n"
609 msgid " <alias email> <actual email>"
610 msgstr ""
611
612 msgid ""
516 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
613 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
517 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
614 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
518 " "
615 " "
@@ -550,38 +647,50 b' msgstr ""'
550 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
647 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
551 msgstr ""
648 msgstr ""
552
649
553 msgid ""
650 msgid "colorize output from some commands"
554 "colorize output from some commands\n"
651 msgstr ""
555 "\n"
652
653 msgid ""
556 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
654 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
557 "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
655 "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
558 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
656 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
559 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
657 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
560 "whitespace.\n"
658 "whitespace."
561 "\n"
659 msgstr ""
660
661 msgid ""
562 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
662 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
563 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
663 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
564 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
664 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
565 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
665 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text."
566 "\n"
666 msgstr ""
567 "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
667
568 "\n"
668 msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::"
669 msgstr ""
670
671 msgid ""
569 " [color]\n"
672 " [color]\n"
570 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
673 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
571 " status.added = green bold\n"
674 " status.added = green bold\n"
572 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
675 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
573 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
676 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
574 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
677 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
575 " status.ignored = black bold\n"
678 " status.ignored = black bold"
576 "\n"
679 msgstr ""
680
681 msgid ""
577 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
682 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
578 " status.clean = none\n"
683 " status.clean = none\n"
579 " status.copied = none\n"
684 " status.copied = none"
580 "\n"
685 msgstr ""
686
687 msgid ""
581 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
688 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
582 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
689 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
583 " qseries.missing = red bold\n"
690 " qseries.missing = red bold"
584 "\n"
691 msgstr ""
692
693 msgid ""
585 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
694 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
586 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
695 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
587 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
696 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
@@ -606,11 +715,13 b' msgstr ""'
606 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
715 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
607 msgstr ""
716 msgstr ""
608
717
609 msgid ""
718 msgid "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one."
610 "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
719 msgstr ""
611 "\n"
720
612 " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
721 msgid " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:"
613 "\n"
722 msgstr ""
723
724 msgid ""
614 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
725 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
615 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
726 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
616 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
727 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -619,72 +730,103 b' msgid ""'
619 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
730 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
620 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
731 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
621 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
732 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
622 " - Perforce [p4]\n"
733 " - Perforce [p4]"
623 "\n"
734 msgstr ""
624 " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
735
625 "\n"
736 msgid " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:"
737 msgstr ""
738
739 msgid ""
626 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
740 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
627 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
741 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)"
628 "\n"
742 msgstr ""
743
744 msgid ""
629 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
745 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
630 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
746 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
631 " (given in a format understood by the source).\n"
747 " (given in a format understood by the source)."
632 "\n"
748 msgstr ""
749
750 msgid ""
633 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
751 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
634 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
752 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
635 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
753 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created."
636 "\n"
754 msgstr ""
755
756 msgid ""
637 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
757 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
638 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
758 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
639 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
759 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:"
640 "\n"
760 msgstr ""
761
762 msgid ""
641 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
763 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
642 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
764 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
643 " the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
765 " the other. It generates more compact repositories."
644 "\n"
766 msgstr ""
767
768 msgid ""
645 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
769 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
646 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
770 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
647 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
771 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
648 " --branchsort.\n"
772 " --branchsort."
649 "\n"
773 msgstr ""
774
775 msgid ""
650 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
776 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
651 " supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
777 " supported by Mercurial sources."
652 "\n"
778 msgstr ""
779
780 msgid ""
653 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
781 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
654 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
782 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
655 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
783 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
656 " revision, like so::\n"
784 " revision, like so::"
657 "\n"
785 msgstr ""
658 " <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
786
659 "\n"
787 msgid " <source ID> <destination ID>"
788 msgstr ""
789
790 msgid ""
660 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
791 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
661 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
792 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
662 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n"
793 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits."
663 "\n"
794 msgstr ""
795
796 msgid ""
664 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
797 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
665 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
798 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
666 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
799 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
667 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
800 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
668 " srcauthor=whatever string you want\n"
801 " srcauthor=whatever string you want"
669 "\n"
802 msgstr ""
803
804 msgid ""
670 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
805 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
671 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
806 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
672 " contain one of the following directives::\n"
807 " contain one of the following directives::"
673 "\n"
808 msgstr ""
674 " include path/to/file\n"
809
675 "\n"
810 msgid " include path/to/file"
676 " exclude path/to/file\n"
811 msgstr ""
677 "\n"
812
678 " rename from/file to/file\n"
813 msgid " exclude path/to/file"
679 "\n"
814 msgstr ""
815
816 msgid " rename from/file to/file"
817 msgstr ""
818
819 msgid ""
680 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
820 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
681 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
821 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
682 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
822 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
683 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
823 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
684 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
824 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
685 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
825 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
686 " '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
826 " '.' as the path to rename to."
687 "\n"
827 msgstr ""
828
829 msgid ""
688 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
830 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
689 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
831 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
690 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
832 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
@@ -694,8 +836,10 b' msgid ""'
694 " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
836 " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
695 " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
837 " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
696 " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
838 " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
697 " should be used as the new parents for that node.\n"
839 " should be used as the new parents for that node."
698 "\n"
840 msgstr ""
841
842 msgid ""
699 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
843 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
700 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
844 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
701 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
845 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
@@ -705,11 +849,15 b' msgid ""'
705 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
849 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
706 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
850 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
707 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
851 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
708 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
852 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
709 "\n"
853 msgstr ""
854
855 msgid ""
710 " Mercurial Source\n"
856 " Mercurial Source\n"
711 " ----------------\n"
857 " ----------------"
712 "\n"
858 msgstr ""
859
860 msgid ""
713 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
861 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
714 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
862 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
715 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
863 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
@@ -718,11 +866,15 b' msgid ""'
718 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
866 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
719 " change)\n"
867 " change)\n"
720 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
868 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
721 " convert start revision and its descendants\n"
869 " convert start revision and its descendants"
722 "\n"
870 msgstr ""
871
872 msgid ""
723 " CVS Source\n"
873 " CVS Source\n"
724 " ----------\n"
874 " ----------"
725 "\n"
875 msgstr ""
876
877 msgid ""
726 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
878 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
727 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
879 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
728 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
880 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
@@ -731,25 +883,35 b' msgid ""'
731 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
883 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
732 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
884 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
733 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
885 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
734 " sandbox is ignored.\n"
886 " sandbox is ignored."
735 "\n"
887 msgstr ""
888
889 msgid ""
736 " Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n"
890 " Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n"
737 " individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n"
891 " individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n"
738 " source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n"
892 " source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n"
739 " be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::\n"
893 " be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::"
740 "\n"
894 msgstr ""
741 " --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
895
742 "\n"
896 msgid " --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'"
743 " This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.\n"
897 msgstr ""
744 "\n"
898
745 " The options shown are the defaults.\n"
899 msgid " This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4."
746 "\n"
900 msgstr ""
747 " Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::\n"
901
748 "\n"
902 msgid " The options shown are the defaults."
749 " --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
903 msgstr ""
750 "\n"
904
751 " and has a few more configurable options:\n"
905 msgid " Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::"
752 "\n"
906 msgstr ""
907
908 msgid " --config convert.cvsps=builtin"
909 msgstr ""
910
911 msgid " and has a few more configurable options:"
912 msgstr ""
913
914 msgid ""
753 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
915 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
754 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
916 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
755 " debugging purposes.\n"
917 " debugging purposes.\n"
@@ -767,15 +929,21 b' msgid ""'
767 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
929 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
768 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
930 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
769 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
931 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
770 " regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
932 " regex as the second parent of the changeset."
771 "\n"
933 msgstr ""
934
935 msgid ""
772 " The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin\n"
936 " The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin\n"
773 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
937 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
774 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.\n"
938 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1."
775 "\n"
939 msgstr ""
940
941 msgid ""
776 " Subversion Source\n"
942 " Subversion Source\n"
777 " -----------------\n"
943 " -----------------"
778 "\n"
944 msgstr ""
945
946 msgid ""
779 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
947 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
780 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
948 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
781 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
949 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
@@ -785,58 +953,80 b' msgid ""'
785 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
953 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
786 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
954 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
787 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
955 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
788 " detection.\n"
956 " detection."
789 "\n"
957 msgstr ""
958
959 msgid ""
790 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
960 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
791 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
961 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
792 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
962 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
793 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
963 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
794 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
964 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
795 " specify the name of the trunk branch\n"
965 " specify the name of the trunk branch"
796 "\n"
966 msgstr ""
967
968 msgid ""
797 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
969 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
798 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
970 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
799 " conversions are supported.\n"
971 " conversions are supported."
800 "\n"
972 msgstr ""
973
974 msgid ""
801 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
975 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
802 " specify start Subversion revision.\n"
976 " specify start Subversion revision."
803 "\n"
977 msgstr ""
978
979 msgid ""
804 " Perforce Source\n"
980 " Perforce Source\n"
805 " ---------------\n"
981 " ---------------"
806 "\n"
982 msgstr ""
983
984 msgid ""
807 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
985 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
808 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
986 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
809 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
987 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
810 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
988 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
811 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
989 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
812 " target may be named ...-hg.\n"
990 " target may be named ...-hg."
813 "\n"
991 msgstr ""
992
993 msgid ""
814 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
994 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
815 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.\n"
995 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision."
816 "\n"
996 msgstr ""
997
998 msgid ""
817 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
999 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
818 " specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
1000 " specify initial Perforce revision."
819 "\n"
1001 msgstr ""
1002
1003 msgid ""
820 " Mercurial Destination\n"
1004 " Mercurial Destination\n"
821 " ---------------------\n"
1005 " ---------------------"
822 "\n"
1006 msgstr ""
1007
1008 msgid ""
823 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
1009 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
824 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
1010 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
825 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
1011 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
826 " tag revisions branch name\n"
1012 " tag revisions branch name\n"
827 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
1013 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
828 " preserve branch names\n"
1014 " preserve branch names"
829 "\n"
1015 msgstr ""
830 " "
1016
831 msgstr ""
1017 msgid " "
832
1018 msgstr ""
833 msgid ""
1019
834 "create changeset information from CVS\n"
1020 msgid "create changeset information from CVS"
835 "\n"
1021 msgstr ""
1022
1023 msgid ""
836 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
1024 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
837 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
1025 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
838 " cvsps.\n"
1026 " cvsps."
839 "\n"
1027 msgstr ""
1028
1029 msgid ""
840 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
1030 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
841 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
1031 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
842 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
1032 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
@@ -909,9 +1099,7 b' msgstr ""'
909 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
1099 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
910 msgstr ""
1100 msgstr ""
911
1101
912 msgid ""
1102 msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n"
913 "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
914 "regular branch instead.\n"
915 msgstr ""
1103 msgstr ""
916
1104
917 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
1105 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
@@ -1015,9 +1203,7 b' msgstr ""'
1015 msgid "--sourcesort is not supported by this data source"
1203 msgid "--sourcesort is not supported by this data source"
1016 msgstr ""
1204 msgstr ""
1017
1205
1018 msgid ""
1206 msgid "warning: support for external cvsps is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4\n"
1019 "warning: support for external cvsps is deprecated and will be removed in "
1020 "Mercurial 1.4\n"
1021 msgstr ""
1207 msgstr ""
1022
1208
1023 #, python-format
1209 #, python-format
@@ -1035,8 +1221,7 b' msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed'
1035 msgstr ""
1221 msgstr ""
1036
1222
1037 #, python-format
1223 #, python-format
1038 msgid ""
1224 msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1039 "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1040 msgstr ""
1225 msgstr ""
1041
1226
1042 #, python-format
1227 #, python-format
@@ -1154,8 +1339,7 b' msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\\n"'
1154 msgstr ""
1339 msgstr ""
1155
1340
1156 #, python-format
1341 #, python-format
1157 msgid ""
1342 msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1158 "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1159 msgstr ""
1343 msgstr ""
1160
1344
1161 #, python-format
1345 #, python-format
@@ -1359,37 +1543,50 b' msgstr "\xe4\xb8\x8d\xe8\x83\xbd\xe5\xa4\x84\xe7\x90\x86 svn \xe7\x9a\x84\xe8\xbe\x93\xe5\x87\xba"'
1359 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1543 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1360 msgstr ""
1544 msgstr ""
1361
1545
1362 msgid ""
1546 msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions"
1363 "command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
1547 msgstr ""
1364 "\n"
1548
1549 msgid ""
1365 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1550 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1366 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1551 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1367 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1552 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1368 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1553 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1369 "files to compare.\n"
1554 "files to compare."
1370 "\n"
1555 msgstr ""
1556
1557 msgid ""
1371 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1558 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1372 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
1559 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::"
1373 "\n"
1560 msgstr ""
1561
1562 msgid ""
1374 " [extdiff]\n"
1563 " [extdiff]\n"
1375 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1564 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1376 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1565 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1377 " ## or the old way:\n"
1566 " ## or the old way:\n"
1378 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1567 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1379 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n"
1568 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5"
1380 "\n"
1569 msgstr ""
1570
1571 msgid ""
1381 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1572 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1382 " vdiff = kdiff3\n"
1573 " vdiff = kdiff3"
1383 "\n"
1574 msgstr ""
1575
1576 msgid ""
1384 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1577 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1385 " meld =\n"
1578 " meld ="
1386 "\n"
1579 msgstr ""
1580
1581 msgid ""
1387 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1582 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1388 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1583 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1389 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1584 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1390 " # your .vimrc\n"
1585 " # your .vimrc\n"
1391 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
1586 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'"
1392 "\n"
1587 msgstr ""
1588
1589 msgid ""
1393 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1590 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1394 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1591 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1395 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
1592 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
@@ -1418,18 +1615,23 b' msgstr ""'
1418 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1615 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1419 msgstr ""
1616 msgstr ""
1420
1617
1421 msgid ""
1618 msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)"
1422 "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1619 msgstr ""
1423 "\n"
1620
1621 msgid ""
1424 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1622 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1425 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1623 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1426 " default options \"-Npru\".\n"
1624 " default options \"-Npru\"."
1427 "\n"
1625 msgstr ""
1626
1627 msgid ""
1428 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1628 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1429 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1629 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1430 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1630 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1431 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n"
1631 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare."
1432 "\n"
1632 msgstr ""
1633
1634 msgid ""
1433 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1635 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1434 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1636 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1435 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
1637 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
@@ -1450,12 +1652,17 b' msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."'
1450 msgstr ""
1652 msgstr ""
1451
1653
1452 #, python-format
1654 #, python-format
1453 msgid ""
1655 msgid "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)"
1454 "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1656 msgstr ""
1455 "\n"
1657
1658 #, python-format
1659 msgid ""
1456 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
1660 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
1457 " %(path)s program.\n"
1661 " %(path)s program."
1458 "\n"
1662 msgstr ""
1663
1664 #, python-format
1665 msgid ""
1459 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
1666 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
1460 " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n"
1667 " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n"
1461 " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n"
1668 " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n"
@@ -1469,28 +1676,34 b' msgstr ""'
1469 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1676 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1470 msgstr ""
1677 msgstr ""
1471
1678
1472 msgid ""
1679 msgid "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed."
1473 "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n"
1680 msgstr ""
1474 "\n"
1681
1682 msgid ""
1475 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1683 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1476 " or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n"
1684 " or URL and adds them to the local repository."
1477 "\n"
1685 msgstr ""
1686
1687 msgid ""
1478 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1688 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1479 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1689 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1480 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1690 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1481 " changes.\n"
1691 " changes."
1482 "\n"
1692 msgstr ""
1693
1694 msgid ""
1483 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1695 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1484 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1696 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1485 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1697 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1486 " order, use --switch-parent.\n"
1698 " order, use --switch-parent."
1487 "\n"
1699 msgstr ""
1700
1701 msgid ""
1488 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1702 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1489 " "
1703 " "
1490 msgstr ""
1704 msgstr ""
1491
1705
1492 msgid ""
1706 msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1493 "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1494 msgstr ""
1707 msgstr ""
1495
1708
1496 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
1709 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
@@ -1502,23 +1715,18 b' msgstr ""'
1502 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1715 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1503 msgstr ""
1716 msgstr ""
1504
1717
1505 msgid ""
1718 msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1506 "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1507 msgstr ""
1719 msgstr ""
1508
1720
1509 #, python-format
1721 #, python-format
1510 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1722 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1511 msgstr "正在拉自 %s\n"
1723 msgstr "正在拉自 %s\n"
1512
1724
1513 msgid ""
1725 msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified."
1514 "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
1726 msgstr ""
1515 "specified."
1727
1516 msgstr ""
1728 #, python-format
1517
1729 msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n"
1518 #, python-format
1519 msgid ""
1520 "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
1521 "\" to merge them)\n"
1522 msgstr ""
1730 msgstr ""
1523
1731
1524 #, python-format
1732 #, python-format
@@ -1580,14 +1788,12 b' msgstr ""'
1580 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1788 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1581 msgstr ""
1789 msgstr ""
1582
1790
1583 msgid ""
1791 msgid "add a signature for the current or given revision"
1584 "add a signature for the current or given revision\n"
1792 msgstr ""
1585 "\n"
1793
1794 msgid ""
1586 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1795 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1587 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
1796 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
1588 "\n"
1589 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1590 " "
1591 msgstr ""
1797 msgstr ""
1592
1798
1593 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
1799 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
@@ -1596,9 +1802,7 b' msgstr ""'
1596 msgid "Error while signing"
1802 msgid "Error while signing"
1597 msgstr ""
1803 msgstr ""
1598
1804
1599 msgid ""
1805 msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)"
1600 "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
1601 "force)"
1602 msgstr ""
1806 msgstr ""
1603
1807
1604 msgid "unknown signature version"
1808 msgid "unknown signature version"
@@ -1628,9 +1832,10 b' msgstr ""'
1628 msgid "hg sigs"
1832 msgid "hg sigs"
1629 msgstr ""
1833 msgstr ""
1630
1834
1631 msgid ""
1835 msgid "command to view revision graphs from a shell"
1632 "command to view revision graphs from a shell\n"
1836 msgstr ""
1633 "\n"
1837
1838 msgid ""
1634 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1839 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1635 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1840 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1636 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
1841 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
@@ -1640,12 +1845,15 b' msgstr ""'
1640 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1845 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1641 msgstr ""
1846 msgstr ""
1642
1847
1643 msgid ""
1848 msgid "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph"
1644 "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n"
1849 msgstr ""
1645 "\n"
1850
1851 msgid ""
1646 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1852 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1647 " ASCII characters.\n"
1853 " ASCII characters."
1648 "\n"
1854 msgstr ""
1855
1856 msgid ""
1649 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1857 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1650 " directory.\n"
1858 " directory.\n"
1651 " "
1859 " "
@@ -1673,12 +1881,15 b' msgstr ""'
1673 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1881 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1674 msgstr ""
1882 msgstr ""
1675
1883
1676 msgid ""
1884 msgid "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service"
1677 "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
1885 msgstr ""
1678 "\n"
1886
1887 msgid ""
1679 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1888 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1680 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
1889 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::"
1681 "\n"
1890 msgstr ""
1891
1892 msgid ""
1682 " [cia]\n"
1893 " [cia]\n"
1683 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1894 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1684 " user = foo\n"
1895 " user = foo\n"
@@ -1698,13 +1909,17 b' msgid ""'
1698 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1909 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1699 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1910 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1700 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1911 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1701 " #test = False\n"
1912 " #test = False"
1702 "\n"
1913 msgstr ""
1914
1915 msgid ""
1703 " [hooks]\n"
1916 " [hooks]\n"
1704 " # one of these:\n"
1917 " # one of these:\n"
1705 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1918 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1706 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1919 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook"
1707 "\n"
1920 msgstr ""
1921
1922 msgid ""
1708 " [web]\n"
1923 " [web]\n"
1709 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1924 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1710 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
1925 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
@@ -1723,32 +1938,45 b' msgstr ""'
1723 msgid "cia: no project specified"
1938 msgid "cia: no project specified"
1724 msgstr ""
1939 msgstr ""
1725
1940
1726 msgid ""
1941 msgid "browse the repository in a graphical way"
1727 "browse the repository in a graphical way\n"
1942 msgstr ""
1728 "\n"
1943
1944 msgid ""
1729 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1945 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1730 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1946 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1731 "distributed with Mercurial.)\n"
1947 "distributed with Mercurial.)"
1732 "\n"
1948 msgstr ""
1949
1950 msgid ""
1733 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1951 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1734 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1952 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1735 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1953 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1736 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1954 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1737 "repository, and needs to be enabled.\n"
1955 "repository, and needs to be enabled."
1738 "\n"
1956 msgstr ""
1957
1958 msgid ""
1739 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1959 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1740 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1960 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1741 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
1961 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::"
1742 "\n"
1962 msgstr ""
1963
1964 msgid ""
1743 " [hgk]\n"
1965 " [hgk]\n"
1744 " path=/location/of/hgk\n"
1966 " path=/location/of/hgk"
1745 "\n"
1967 msgstr ""
1968
1969 msgid ""
1746 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
1970 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
1747 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
1971 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::"
1748 "\n"
1972 msgstr ""
1973
1974 msgid ""
1749 " [hgk]\n"
1975 " [hgk]\n"
1750 " vdiff=vdiff\n"
1976 " vdiff=vdiff"
1751 "\n"
1977 msgstr ""
1978
1979 msgid ""
1752 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
1980 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
1753 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
1981 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
1754 msgstr ""
1982 msgstr ""
@@ -1834,18 +2062,23 b' msgstr ""'
1834 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
2062 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
1835 msgstr ""
2063 msgstr ""
1836
2064
1837 msgid ""
2065 msgid "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)"
1838 "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n"
2066 msgstr ""
1839 "\n"
2067
2068 msgid ""
1840 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
2069 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
1841 "http://pygments.org/\n"
2070 "http://pygments.org/"
1842 "\n"
2071 msgstr ""
1843 "There is a single configuration option::\n"
2072
1844 "\n"
2073 msgid "There is a single configuration option::"
2074 msgstr ""
2075
2076 msgid ""
1845 " [web]\n"
2077 " [web]\n"
1846 " pygments_style = <style>\n"
2078 " pygments_style = <style>"
1847 "\n"
2079 msgstr ""
1848 "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
2080
2081 msgid "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
1849 msgstr ""
2082 msgstr ""
1850
2083
1851 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
2084 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
@@ -1854,9 +2087,10 b' msgstr ""'
1854 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
2087 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
1855 msgstr "为此版本库启动服务 'inotify'"
2088 msgstr "为此版本库启动服务 'inotify'"
1856
2089
1857 msgid ""
2090 msgid "debugging information for inotify extension"
1858 "debugging information for inotify extension\n"
2091 msgstr ""
1859 "\n"
2092
2093 msgid ""
1860 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
2094 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
1861 " "
2095 " "
1862 msgstr ""
2096 msgstr ""
@@ -2018,20 +2252,24 b' msgstr ""'
2018 msgid "finished setup\n"
2252 msgid "finished setup\n"
2019 msgstr ""
2253 msgstr ""
2020
2254
2021 msgid ""
2255 msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries"
2022 "expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
2256 msgstr ""
2023 "\n"
2257
2258 msgid ""
2024 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2259 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2025 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2260 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2026 "expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
2261 "expression, much like InterWiki does."
2027 "\n"
2262 msgstr ""
2263
2264 msgid ""
2028 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2265 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2029 "in your hgrc::\n"
2266 "in your hgrc::"
2030 "\n"
2267 msgstr ""
2268
2269 msgid ""
2031 " [interhg]\n"
2270 " [interhg]\n"
2032 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2271 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2033 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
2272 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n"
2034 "i\n"
2035 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2273 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2036 msgstr ""
2274 msgstr ""
2037
2275
@@ -2043,52 +2281,76 b' msgstr ""'
2043 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2281 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2044 msgstr ""
2282 msgstr ""
2045
2283
2046 msgid ""
2284 msgid "expand keywords in tracked files"
2047 "expand keywords in tracked files\n"
2285 msgstr ""
2048 "\n"
2286
2287 msgid ""
2049 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2288 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2050 "tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n"
2289 "tracked text files selected by your configuration."
2051 "\n"
2290 msgstr ""
2291
2292 msgid ""
2052 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2293 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2053 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2294 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2054 "current user or for archive distribution.\n"
2295 "current user or for archive distribution."
2055 "\n"
2296 msgstr ""
2297
2298 msgid ""
2056 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2299 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2057 "hgrc files.\n"
2300 "hgrc files."
2058 "\n"
2301 msgstr ""
2059 "Example::\n"
2302
2060 "\n"
2303 msgid "Example::"
2304 msgstr ""
2305
2306 msgid ""
2061 " [keyword]\n"
2307 " [keyword]\n"
2062 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2308 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2063 " **.py =\n"
2309 " **.py =\n"
2064 " x* = ignore\n"
2310 " x* = ignore"
2065 "\n"
2311 msgstr ""
2312
2313 msgid ""
2066 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2314 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2067 "lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
2315 "lose speed in huge repositories."
2068 "\n"
2316 msgstr ""
2317
2318 msgid ""
2069 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2319 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2070 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2320 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2071 "available templates and filters.\n"
2321 "available templates and filters."
2072 "\n"
2322 msgstr ""
2323
2324 msgid ""
2073 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2325 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2074 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
2326 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"."
2075 "\n"
2327 msgstr ""
2328
2329 msgid ""
2076 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2330 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2077 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2331 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2078 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n"
2332 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes."
2079 "\n"
2333 msgstr ""
2334
2335 msgid ""
2080 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2336 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2081 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2337 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2082 "history.\n"
2338 "history."
2083 "\n"
2339 msgstr ""
2340
2341 msgid ""
2084 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2342 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2085 "\"hg kwexpand\".\n"
2343 "\"hg kwexpand\"."
2086 "\n"
2344 msgstr ""
2345
2346 msgid ""
2087 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2347 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2088 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2348 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2089 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2349 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2090 "have been checked in.\n"
2350 "have been checked in."
2091 "\n"
2351 msgstr ""
2352
2353 msgid ""
2092 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2354 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2093 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2355 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2094 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
2356 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
@@ -2108,17 +2370,23 b' msgstr ""'
2108 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2370 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2109 msgstr ""
2371 msgstr ""
2110
2372
2111 msgid ""
2373 msgid "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example"
2112 "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n"
2374 msgstr ""
2113 "\n"
2375
2376 msgid ""
2114 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2377 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2115 " expansions.\n"
2378 " expansions."
2116 "\n"
2379 msgstr ""
2380
2381 msgid ""
2117 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2382 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2118 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
2383 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file."
2119 "\n"
2384 msgstr ""
2120 " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
2385
2121 "\n"
2386 msgid " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration."
2387 msgstr ""
2388
2389 msgid ""
2122 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2390 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2123 " "
2391 " "
2124 msgstr ""
2392 msgstr ""
@@ -2173,33 +2441,45 b' msgstr ""'
2173 "\n"
2441 "\n"
2174 "正在删除临时版本库 %s\n"
2442 "正在删除临时版本库 %s\n"
2175
2443
2176 msgid ""
2444 msgid "expand keywords in the working directory"
2177 "expand keywords in the working directory\n"
2445 msgstr ""
2178 "\n"
2446
2179 " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n"
2447 msgid " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion."
2180 "\n"
2448 msgstr ""
2449
2450 msgid ""
2181 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2451 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2182 " "
2452 " "
2183 msgstr ""
2453 msgstr ""
2184
2454
2185 msgid ""
2455 msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion"
2186 "show files configured for keyword expansion\n"
2456 msgstr ""
2187 "\n"
2457
2458 msgid ""
2188 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2459 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2189 " [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
2460 " [keyword] configuration patterns."
2190 "\n"
2461 msgstr ""
2462
2463 msgid ""
2191 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2464 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2192 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2465 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2193 " expansion.\n"
2466 " expansion."
2194 "\n"
2467 msgstr ""
2468
2469 msgid ""
2195 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2470 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2196 " inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
2471 " inclusion and exclusion of files."
2197 "\n"
2472 msgstr ""
2198 " Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.\n"
2473
2199 "\n"
2474 msgid " Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well."
2475 msgstr ""
2476
2477 msgid ""
2200 " With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2478 " With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2201 " of files are::\n"
2479 " of files are::"
2202 "\n"
2480 msgstr ""
2481
2482 msgid ""
2203 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2483 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2204 " k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
2484 " k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
2205 " I = ignored\n"
2485 " I = ignored\n"
@@ -2207,12 +2487,15 b' msgid ""'
2207 " "
2487 " "
2208 msgstr ""
2488 msgstr ""
2209
2489
2210 msgid ""
2490 msgid "revert expanded keywords in the working directory"
2211 "revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n"
2491 msgstr ""
2212 "\n"
2492
2493 msgid ""
2213 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2494 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2214 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n"
2495 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"."
2215 "\n"
2496 msgstr ""
2497
2498 msgid ""
2216 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2499 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2217 " "
2500 " "
2218 msgstr ""
2501 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,25 +2527,35 b' msgstr ""'
2244 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2527 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2245 msgstr ""
2528 msgstr ""
2246
2529
2247 msgid ""
2530 msgid "manage a stack of patches"
2248 "manage a stack of patches\n"
2531 msgstr ""
2249 "\n"
2532
2533 msgid ""
2250 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2534 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2251 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2535 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2252 "applied patches (subset of known patches).\n"
2536 "applied patches (subset of known patches)."
2253 "\n"
2537 msgstr ""
2538
2539 msgid ""
2254 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2540 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2255 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
2541 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets."
2256 "\n"
2542 msgstr ""
2257 "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
2543
2258 "\n"
2544 msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::"
2545 msgstr ""
2546
2547 msgid ""
2259 " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
2548 " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
2260 " create new patch qnew\n"
2549 " create new patch qnew\n"
2261 " import existing patch qimport\n"
2550 " import existing patch qimport"
2262 "\n"
2551 msgstr ""
2552
2553 msgid ""
2263 " print patch series qseries\n"
2554 " print patch series qseries\n"
2264 " print applied patches qapplied\n"
2555 " print applied patches qapplied"
2265 "\n"
2556 msgstr ""
2557
2558 msgid ""
2266 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2559 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2267 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2560 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2268 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
2561 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
@@ -2508,8 +2801,7 b' msgstr ""'
2508 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2801 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2509 msgstr ""
2802 msgstr ""
2510
2803
2511 msgid ""
2804 msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2512 "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2513 msgstr ""
2805 msgstr ""
2514
2806
2515 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
2807 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
@@ -2603,13 +2895,15 b' msgstr ""'
2603 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2895 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2604 msgstr ""
2896 msgstr ""
2605
2897
2606 msgid ""
2898 msgid "remove patches from queue"
2607 "remove patches from queue\n"
2899 msgstr ""
2608 "\n"
2900
2609 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
2901 msgid ""
2610 "With\n"
2902 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n"
2611 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.\n"
2903 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory."
2612 "\n"
2904 msgstr ""
2905
2906 msgid ""
2613 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2907 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2614 " use the qfinish command."
2908 " use the qfinish command."
2615 msgstr ""
2909 msgstr ""
@@ -2627,29 +2921,142 b' msgid "all patches applied\\n"'
2627 msgstr ""
2921 msgstr ""
2628
2922
2629 #, fuzzy
2923 #, fuzzy
2630 msgid ""
2924 msgid "import a patch"
2631 "import a patch\n"
2925 msgstr ""
2632 "\n"
2926 "导入补丁\n"
2927 "\n"
2928 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2929 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2930 "\n"
2931 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2932 "\n"
2933 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2934 "\n"
2935 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2936 "\n"
2937 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2938 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2939 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2940 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2941 " "
2942
2943 #, fuzzy
2944 msgid ""
2633 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2945 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2634 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2946 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2635 " to the series.\n"
2947 " to the series."
2636 "\n"
2948 msgstr ""
2949 "导入补丁\n"
2950 "\n"
2951 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2952 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2953 "\n"
2954 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2955 "\n"
2956 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2957 "\n"
2958 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2959 "\n"
2960 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2961 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2962 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2963 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2964 " "
2965
2966 #, fuzzy
2967 msgid ""
2637 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2968 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2638 " give it a new one with -n/--name.\n"
2969 " give it a new one with -n/--name."
2639 "\n"
2970 msgstr ""
2971 "导入补丁\n"
2972 "\n"
2973 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2974 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2975 "\n"
2976 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2977 "\n"
2978 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2979 "\n"
2980 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2981 "\n"
2982 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2983 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2984 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2985 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2986 " "
2987
2988 #, fuzzy
2989 msgid ""
2640 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2990 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2641 " the -e/--existing flag.\n"
2991 " the -e/--existing flag."
2642 "\n"
2992 msgstr ""
2993 "导入补丁\n"
2994 "\n"
2995 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2996 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2997 "\n"
2998 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2999 "\n"
3000 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3001 "\n"
3002 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3003 "\n"
3004 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3005 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3006 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3007 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3008 " "
3009
3010 #, fuzzy
3011 msgid ""
2643 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
3012 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
2644 " overwritten.\n"
3013 " overwritten."
2645 "\n"
3014 msgstr ""
3015 "导入补丁\n"
3016 "\n"
3017 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
3018 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
3019 "\n"
3020 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
3021 "\n"
3022 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3023 "\n"
3024 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3025 "\n"
3026 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3027 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3028 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3029 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3030 " "
3031
3032 #, fuzzy
3033 msgid ""
2646 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
3034 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
2647 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
3035 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
2648 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
3036 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
2649 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
3037 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
2650 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
3038 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
2651 " changes.\n"
3039 " changes."
2652 "\n"
3040 msgstr ""
3041 "导入补丁\n"
3042 "\n"
3043 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
3044 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
3045 "\n"
3046 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
3047 "\n"
3048 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3049 "\n"
3050 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3051 "\n"
3052 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3053 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3054 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3055 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3056 " "
3057
3058 #, fuzzy
3059 msgid ""
2653 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
3060 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
2654 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
3061 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
2655 " using the --name flag.\n"
3062 " using the --name flag.\n"
@@ -2673,33 +3080,38 b' msgstr ""'
2673 " "
3080 " "
2674
3081
2675 #, fuzzy
3082 #, fuzzy
2676 msgid ""
3083 msgid "init a new queue repository"
2677 "init a new queue repository\n"
3084 msgstr "初始化队列仓库"
2678 "\n"
3085
3086 #, fuzzy
3087 msgid ""
2679 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
3088 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
2680 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
3089 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
2681 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
3090 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
2682 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
3091 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
2683 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
3092 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
2684 msgstr ""
3093 msgstr ""
2685 "初始化队列仓库\n"
2686 "\n"
2687 " 默认队列仓库不受版本控制。如果指定了 '-c',那么 qinit 会为补丁创建一个\n"
3094 " 默认队列仓库不受版本控制。如果指定了 '-c',那么 qinit 会为补丁创建一个\n"
2688 " 单独的嵌套版本库(也可以稍后运行 'qinit -c' 来将不受版本控制的补丁仓库\n"
3095 " 单独的嵌套版本库(也可以稍后运行 'qinit -c' 来将不受版本控制的补丁仓库\n"
2689 " 转换成受版本控制)。你可以使用 'qcommit' 提交改变到此队列版本库。"
3096 " 转换成受版本控制)。你可以使用 'qcommit' 提交改变到此队列版本库。"
2690
3097
2691 msgid ""
3098 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
2692 "clone main and patch repository at same time\n"
3099 msgstr ""
2693 "\n"
3100
3101 msgid ""
2694 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
3102 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
2695 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
3103 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
2696 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
3104 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
2697 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
3105 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
2698 " before that it has no patches applied.\n"
3106 " before that it has no patches applied."
2699 "\n"
3107 msgstr ""
3108
3109 msgid ""
2700 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
3110 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
2701 " default. Use -p <url> to change.\n"
3111 " default. Use -p <url> to change."
2702 "\n"
3112 msgstr ""
3113
3114 msgid ""
2703 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
3115 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
2704 " would be created by qinit -c.\n"
3116 " would be created by qinit -c.\n"
2705 " "
3117 " "
@@ -2738,25 +3150,32 b' msgstr ""'
2738 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
3150 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
2739 msgstr ""
3151 msgstr ""
2740
3152
2741 msgid ""
3153 msgid "create a new patch"
2742 "create a new patch\n"
3154 msgstr ""
2743 "\n"
3155
3156 msgid ""
2744 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
3157 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
2745 " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
3158 " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
2746 " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
3159 " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
2747 " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
3160 " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
2748 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
3161 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
2749 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
3162 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
2750 " as uncommitted modifications.\n"
3163 " as uncommitted modifications."
2751 "\n"
3164 msgstr ""
3165
3166 msgid ""
2752 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
3167 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
2753 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
3168 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
2754 " to current user and date to current date.\n"
3169 " to current user and date to current date."
2755 "\n"
3170 msgstr ""
3171
3172 msgid ""
2756 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
3173 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
2757 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
3174 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
2758 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.\n"
3175 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'."
2759 "\n"
3176 msgstr ""
3177
3178 msgid ""
2760 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
3179 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
2761 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
3180 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
2762 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
3181 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
@@ -2765,29 +3184,32 b' msgid ""'
2765 msgstr ""
3184 msgstr ""
2766
3185
2767 #, fuzzy
3186 #, fuzzy
2768 msgid ""
3187 msgid "update the current patch"
2769 "update the current patch\n"
3188 msgstr "更新当前补丁"
2770 "\n"
3189
3190 #, fuzzy
3191 msgid ""
2771 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
3192 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
2772 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
3193 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
2773 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory.\n"
3194 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory."
2774 "\n"
3195 msgstr ""
3196 " 如果提供了文件匹配模式,更新后的补丁只包含匹配这些模式的修改,其它\n"
3197 " 的修改仍旧在工作目录中。"
3198
3199 #, fuzzy
3200 msgid ""
2775 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
3201 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
2776 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n"
3202 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch."
2777 "\n"
3203 msgstr " 如果指定了 '--short',只更新已经在补丁中的文件,与文件匹配模式类似。"
3204
3205 #, fuzzy
3206 msgid ""
2778 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
3207 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
2779 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
3208 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
2780 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
3209 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
2781 " git diff format.\n"
3210 " git diff format.\n"
2782 " "
3211 " "
2783 msgstr ""
3212 msgstr ""
2784 "更新当前补丁\n"
2785 "\n"
2786 " 如果提供了文件匹配模式,更新后的补丁只包含匹配这些模式的修改,其它\n"
2787 " 的修改仍旧在工作目录中。\n"
2788 "\n"
2789 " 如果指定了 '--short',只更新已经在补丁中的文件,与文件匹配模式类似。\n"
2790 "\n"
2791 " 'hg add/remove/copy/rename' 如常工作,你可能想使用 git 格式补丁(使\n"
3213 " 'hg add/remove/copy/rename' 如常工作,你可能想使用 git 格式补丁(使\n"
2792 " 用选项 '--git' 或在配置文件的 [diff] 区中设置 git=1)以跟踪复制和改\n"
3214 " 用选项 '--git' 或在配置文件的 [diff] 区中设置 git=1)以跟踪复制和改\n"
2793 " 名。请参见差异帮助主题,以了解关于 git 差异格式的更多信息。\n"
3215 " 名。请参见差异帮助主题,以了解关于 git 差异格式的更多信息。\n"
@@ -2797,39 +3219,44 b' msgid "option \\"-e\\" incompatible with \\'
2797 msgstr ""
3219 msgstr ""
2798
3220
2799 #, fuzzy
3221 #, fuzzy
2800 msgid ""
3222 msgid "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications"
2801 "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n"
3223 msgstr "显式当前的补丁和后续的修改"
2802 "\n"
3224
3225 #, fuzzy
3226 msgid ""
2803 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
3227 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
2804 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
3228 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
2805 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
3229 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
2806 " after a qrefresh).\n"
3230 " after a qrefresh)."
2807 "\n"
3231 msgstr ""
3232 " 显示当前的补丁和最近一次刷新之后的修改(因而在执行 'qrefresh' 之后就只\n"
3233 " 显示当前的补丁)。"
3234
3235 #, fuzzy
3236 msgid ""
2808 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
3237 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
2809 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
3238 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
2810 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
3239 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
2811 " qrefresh.\n"
3240 " qrefresh.\n"
2812 " "
3241 " "
2813 msgstr ""
3242 msgstr ""
2814 "显式当前的补丁和后续的修改\n"
2815 "\n"
2816 " 显示当前的补丁和最近一次刷新之后的修改(因而在执行 'qrefresh' 之后就只\n"
2817 " 显示当前的补丁)。\n"
2818 "\n"
2819 " 如果你只想看到最近一次刷新之后的修改请使用 'hg diff',如果你只想看到当\n"
3243 " 如果你只想看到最近一次刷新之后的修改请使用 'hg diff',如果你只想看到当\n"
2820 " 前的补丁请使用 'hg export qtip'。\n"
3244 " 前的补丁请使用 'hg export qtip'。\n"
2821 " "
3245 " "
2822
3246
2823 msgid ""
3247 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
2824 "fold the named patches into the current patch\n"
3248 msgstr ""
2825 "\n"
3249
3250 msgid ""
2826 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
3251 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
2827 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
3252 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
2828 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
3253 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
2829 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
3254 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
2830 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
3255 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
2831 " removed afterwards.\n"
3256 " removed afterwards."
2832 "\n"
3257 msgstr ""
3258
3259 msgid ""
2833 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
3260 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
2834 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
3261 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
2835 msgstr ""
3262 msgstr ""
@@ -2855,19 +3282,24 b' msgstr ""'
2855 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
3282 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
2856 msgstr ""
3283 msgstr ""
2857
3284
2858 msgid ""
3285 msgid "set or print guards for a patch"
2859 "set or print guards for a patch\n"
3286 msgstr ""
2860 "\n"
3287
3288 msgid ""
2861 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
3289 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
2862 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
3290 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
2863 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
3291 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
2864 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
3292 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
2865 " has activated it.\n"
3293 " has activated it."
2866 "\n"
3294 msgstr ""
3295
3296 msgid ""
2867 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
3297 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
2868 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
3298 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
2869 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'.\n"
3299 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
2870 "\n"
3300 msgstr ""
3301
3302 msgid ""
2871 " To set guards on another patch:\n"
3303 " To set guards on another patch:\n"
2872 " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
3304 " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
2873 " "
3305 " "
@@ -2887,15 +3319,15 b' msgid "print the header of the topmost o'
2887 msgstr ""
3319 msgstr ""
2888
3320
2889 #, fuzzy
3321 #, fuzzy
2890 msgid ""
3322 msgid "push the next patch onto the stack"
2891 "push the next patch onto the stack\n"
3323 msgstr "将下个补丁压入堆栈"
2892 "\n"
3324
3325 #, fuzzy
3326 msgid ""
2893 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
3327 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
2894 " will be lost.\n"
3328 " will be lost.\n"
2895 " "
3329 " "
2896 msgstr ""
3330 msgstr ""
2897 "将下个补丁压入堆栈\n"
2898 "\n"
2899 " 当指定 '--force' 时,所有在补丁文件中的本地修改都会丢失。\n"
3331 " 当指定 '--force' 时,所有在补丁文件中的本地修改都会丢失。\n"
2900 " "
3332 " "
2901
3333
@@ -2907,16 +3339,16 b' msgid "merging with queue at: %s\\n"'
2907 msgstr ""
3339 msgstr ""
2908
3340
2909 #, fuzzy
3341 #, fuzzy
2910 msgid ""
3342 msgid "pop the current patch off the stack"
2911 "pop the current patch off the stack\n"
3343 msgstr "将当前补丁弹出堆栈"
2912 "\n"
3344
3345 #, fuzzy
3346 msgid ""
2913 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
3347 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
2914 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
3348 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
2915 " top of the stack.\n"
3349 " top of the stack.\n"
2916 " "
3350 " "
2917 msgstr ""
3351 msgstr ""
2918 "将当前补丁弹出堆栈\n"
2919 "\n"
2920 " 默认将补丁堆栈的顶部弹出。如果指定了补丁名称,那么就会一直弹出,直到此\n"
3352 " 默认将补丁堆栈的顶部弹出。如果指定了补丁名称,那么就会一直弹出,直到此\n"
2921 " 补丁位于堆栈顶部。\n"
3353 " 补丁位于堆栈顶部。\n"
2922 " "
3354 " "
@@ -2925,9 +3357,10 b' msgstr ""'
2925 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
3357 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
2926 msgstr ""
3358 msgstr ""
2927
3359
2928 msgid ""
3360 msgid "rename a patch"
2929 "rename a patch\n"
3361 msgstr ""
2930 "\n"
3362
3363 msgid ""
2931 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
3364 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
2932 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
3365 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
2933 msgstr ""
3366 msgstr ""
@@ -2959,49 +3392,62 b' msgid "copy %s to %s\\n"'
2959 msgstr ""
3392 msgstr ""
2960
3393
2961 #, fuzzy
3394 #, fuzzy
2962 msgid ""
3395 msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository"
2963 "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n"
3396 msgstr "从版本库删除一个版本以及它的子孙"
2964 "\n"
3397
3398 #, fuzzy
3399 msgid ""
2965 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
3400 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
2966 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
3401 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
2967 " revision.\n"
3402 " revision.\n"
2968 " "
3403 " "
2969 msgstr ""
3404 msgstr ""
2970 "从版本库删除一个版本以及它的子孙\n"
2971 "\n"
2972 " 如果有工作目录的父版本被删除,那么此目录会被更新到已删除版本的父版本。\n"
3405 " 如果有工作目录的父版本被删除,那么此目录会被更新到已删除版本的父版本。\n"
2973 " "
3406 " "
2974
3407
2975 msgid ""
3408 msgid "set or print guarded patches to push"
2976 "set or print guarded patches to push\n"
3409 msgstr ""
2977 "\n"
3410
3411 msgid ""
2978 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
3412 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
2979 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
3413 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
2980 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
3414 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
2981 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
3415 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
2982 " match the current guard. For example:\n"
3416 " match the current guard. For example:"
2983 "\n"
3417 msgstr ""
3418
3419 msgid ""
2984 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
3420 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
2985 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
3421 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
2986 " qselect stable\n"
3422 " qselect stable"
2987 "\n"
3423 msgstr ""
3424
3425 msgid ""
2988 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
3426 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
2989 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
3427 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
2990 " positive match).\n"
3428 " positive match)."
2991 "\n"
3429 msgstr ""
3430
3431 msgid ""
2992 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
3432 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
2993 " With one argument, sets the active guard.\n"
3433 " With one argument, sets the active guard."
2994 "\n"
3434 msgstr ""
3435
3436 msgid ""
2995 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
3437 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
2996 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
3438 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
2997 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n"
3439 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed."
2998 "\n"
3440 msgstr ""
3441
3442 msgid ""
2999 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3443 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3000 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3444 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3001 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3445 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3002 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3446 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3003 " guarded patches.\n"
3447 " guarded patches."
3004 "\n"
3448 msgstr ""
3449
3450 msgid ""
3005 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3451 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3006 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3452 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3007 msgstr ""
3453 msgstr ""
@@ -3035,18 +3481,23 b' msgstr ""'
3035 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3481 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3036 msgstr ""
3482 msgstr ""
3037
3483
3038 msgid ""
3484 msgid "move applied patches into repository history"
3039 "move applied patches into repository history\n"
3485 msgstr ""
3040 "\n"
3486
3487 msgid ""
3041 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3488 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3042 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3489 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3043 " history.\n"
3490 " history."
3044 "\n"
3491 msgstr ""
3492
3493 msgid ""
3045 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3494 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3046 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3495 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3047 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3496 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3048 " stack of applied patches.\n"
3497 " stack of applied patches."
3049 "\n"
3498 msgstr ""
3499
3500 msgid ""
3050 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3501 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3051 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3502 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3052 " to upstream.\n"
3503 " to upstream.\n"
@@ -3321,33 +3772,47 b' msgstr ""'
3321 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3772 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3322 msgstr ""
3773 msgstr ""
3323
3774
3324 msgid ""
3775 msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time"
3325 "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
3776 msgstr ""
3326 "\n"
3777
3778 msgid ""
3327 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3779 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3328 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
3780 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring."
3329 "\n"
3781 msgstr ""
3782
3783 msgid ""
3330 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3784 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3331 "this::\n"
3785 "this::"
3332 "\n"
3786 msgstr ""
3787
3788 msgid ""
3333 " [extensions]\n"
3789 " [extensions]\n"
3334 " notify =\n"
3790 " notify ="
3335 "\n"
3791 msgstr ""
3792
3793 msgid ""
3336 " [hooks]\n"
3794 " [hooks]\n"
3337 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3795 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3338 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3796 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3339 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3797 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3340 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3798 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook"
3341 "\n"
3799 msgstr ""
3800
3801 msgid ""
3342 " [notify]\n"
3802 " [notify]\n"
3343 " # config items go here\n"
3803 " # config items go here"
3344 "\n"
3804 msgstr ""
3345 "Required configuration items::\n"
3805
3346 "\n"
3806 msgid "Required configuration items::"
3347 " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
3807 msgstr ""
3348 "\n"
3808
3349 "Optional configuration items::\n"
3809 msgid " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions"
3350 "\n"
3810 msgstr ""
3811
3812 msgid "Optional configuration items::"
3813 msgstr ""
3814
3815 msgid ""
3351 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3816 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3352 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3817 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3353 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
3818 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
@@ -3363,24 +3828,34 b' msgid ""'
3363 " [email]\n"
3828 " [email]\n"
3364 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3829 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3365 " [web]\n"
3830 " [web]\n"
3366 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
3831 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits"
3367 "\n"
3832 msgstr ""
3833
3834 msgid ""
3368 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3835 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3369 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3836 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3370 "handier for you.\n"
3837 "handier for you."
3371 "\n"
3838 msgstr ""
3372 "::\n"
3839
3373 "\n"
3840 msgid "::"
3841 msgstr ""
3842
3843 msgid ""
3374 " [usersubs]\n"
3844 " [usersubs]\n"
3375 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3845 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3376 " user@host = pattern\n"
3846 " user@host = pattern"
3377 "\n"
3847 msgstr ""
3848
3849 msgid ""
3378 " [reposubs]\n"
3850 " [reposubs]\n"
3379 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3851 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3380 " pattern = user@host\n"
3852 " pattern = user@host"
3381 "\n"
3853 msgstr ""
3382 "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
3854
3383 "\n"
3855 msgid "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root."
3856 msgstr ""
3857
3858 msgid ""
3384 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3859 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3385 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3860 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3386 msgstr ""
3861 msgstr ""
@@ -3396,15 +3871,13 b' msgstr ""'
3396 #, python-format
3871 #, python-format
3397 msgid ""
3872 msgid ""
3398 "\n"
3873 "\n"
3399 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n"
3874 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):"
3400 "\n"
3875 msgstr ""
3401 msgstr ""
3876
3402
3877 #, python-format
3403 #, python-format
3878 msgid ""
3404 msgid ""
3879 "\n"
3405 "\n"
3880 "diffs (%d lines):"
3406 "diffs (%d lines):\n"
3407 "\n"
3408 msgstr ""
3881 msgstr ""
3409
3882
3410 #, python-format
3883 #, python-format
@@ -3415,119 +3888,170 b' msgstr ""'
3415 msgid "notify: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n"
3888 msgid "notify: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n"
3416 msgstr ""
3889 msgstr ""
3417
3890
3418 msgid ""
3891 msgid "browse command output with an external pager"
3419 "browse command output with an external pager\n"
3892 msgstr ""
3420 "\n"
3893
3421 "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
3894 msgid "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::"
3422 "\n"
3895 msgstr ""
3896
3897 msgid ""
3423 " [pager]\n"
3898 " [pager]\n"
3424 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
3899 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
3425 "\n"
3900 msgstr ""
3901
3902 msgid ""
3426 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3903 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3427 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
3904 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used."
3428 "\n"
3905 msgstr ""
3906
3907 msgid ""
3429 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3908 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3430 "setting::\n"
3909 "setting::"
3431 "\n"
3910 msgstr ""
3911
3912 msgid ""
3432 " [pager]\n"
3913 " [pager]\n"
3433 " quiet = True\n"
3914 " quiet = True"
3434 "\n"
3915 msgstr ""
3916
3917 msgid ""
3435 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3918 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3436 "pager.ignore list::\n"
3919 "pager.ignore list::"
3437 "\n"
3920 msgstr ""
3921
3922 msgid ""
3438 " [pager]\n"
3923 " [pager]\n"
3439 " ignore = version, help, update\n"
3924 " ignore = version, help, update"
3440 "\n"
3925 msgstr ""
3926
3927 msgid ""
3441 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3928 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3442 "pager.attend::\n"
3929 "pager.attend::"
3443 "\n"
3930 msgstr ""
3931
3932 msgid ""
3444 " [pager]\n"
3933 " [pager]\n"
3445 " attend = log\n"
3934 " attend = log"
3446 "\n"
3935 msgstr ""
3447 "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n"
3936
3448 "\n"
3937 msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored."
3938 msgstr ""
3939
3940 msgid ""
3449 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3941 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3450 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3942 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3451 msgstr ""
3943 msgstr ""
3452
3944
3453 msgid ""
3945 msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions"
3454 "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n"
3946 msgstr ""
3455 "\n"
3947
3948 msgid ""
3456 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3949 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3457 "ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
3950 "ancestors of a specific revision."
3458 "\n"
3951 msgstr ""
3459 "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
3952
3460 "\n"
3953 msgid "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::"
3954 msgstr ""
3955
3956 msgid ""
3461 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3957 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3462 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3958 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3463 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3959 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3464 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3960 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3465 " foo^ = foo^1\n"
3961 " foo^ = foo^1"
3466 "\n"
3962 msgstr ""
3963
3964 msgid ""
3467 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3965 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3468 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3966 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3469 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3967 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3470 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3968 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3471 msgstr ""
3969 msgstr ""
3472
3970
3473 msgid ""
3971 msgid "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails"
3474 "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n"
3972 msgstr ""
3475 "\n"
3973
3974 msgid ""
3476 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3975 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3477 "describes the series as a whole.\n"
3976 "describes the series as a whole."
3478 "\n"
3977 msgstr ""
3978
3979 msgid ""
3479 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3980 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3480 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3981 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3481 "message contains two or three body parts:\n"
3982 "message contains two or three body parts:"
3482 "\n"
3983 msgstr ""
3984
3985 msgid ""
3483 "- The changeset description.\n"
3986 "- The changeset description.\n"
3484 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3987 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3485 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
3988 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"."
3486 "\n"
3989 msgstr ""
3990
3991 msgid ""
3487 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3992 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3488 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3993 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3489 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n"
3994 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives."
3490 "\n"
3995 msgstr ""
3996
3997 msgid ""
3491 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3998 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3492 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3999 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3493 "you are sending the right changes.\n"
4000 "you are sending the right changes."
3494 "\n"
4001 msgstr ""
4002
4003 msgid ""
3495 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
4004 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
3496 "file::\n"
4005 "file::"
3497 "\n"
4006 msgstr ""
4007
4008 msgid ""
3498 " [email]\n"
4009 " [email]\n"
3499 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
4010 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
3500 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
4011 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
3501 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
4012 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
3502 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
4013 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..."
3503 "\n"
4014 msgstr ""
4015
4016 msgid ""
3504 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
4017 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
3505 "as a patchbomb.\n"
4018 "as a patchbomb."
3506 "\n"
4019 msgstr ""
4020
4021 msgid ""
3507 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
4022 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
3508 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
4023 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
3509 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
4024 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
3510 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
4025 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
3511 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
4026 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
3512 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
4027 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
3513 "message, so you can verify everything is alright.\n"
4028 "message, so you can verify everything is alright."
3514 "\n"
4029 msgstr ""
4030
4031 msgid ""
3515 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
4032 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
3516 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
4033 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
3517 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
4034 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
3518 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
4035 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
3519 "files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
4036 "files, e.g. with mutt::"
3520 "\n"
4037 msgstr ""
3521 " % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
4038
3522 "\n"
4039 msgid " % mutt -R -f mbox"
4040 msgstr ""
4041
4042 msgid ""
3523 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
4043 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
3524 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
4044 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
3525 "package), to send each message out::\n"
4045 "package), to send each message out::"
3526 "\n"
4046 msgstr ""
3527 " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
4047
3528 "\n"
4048 msgid " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox"
3529 "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n"
4049 msgstr ""
3530 "\n"
4050
4051 msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out."
4052 msgstr ""
4053
4054 msgid ""
3531 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
4055 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
3532 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
4056 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
3533 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
4057 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
@@ -3544,53 +4068,66 b' msgstr ""'
3544 msgid "diffstat rejected"
4068 msgid "diffstat rejected"
3545 msgstr ""
4069 msgstr ""
3546
4070
3547 msgid ""
4071 msgid "send changesets by email"
3548 "send changesets by email\n"
4072 msgstr ""
3549 "\n"
4073
4074 msgid ""
3550 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
4075 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
3551 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
4076 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
3552 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n"
4077 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
3553 "\n"
4078 msgstr ""
4079
4080 msgid ""
3554 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
4081 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
3555 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
4082 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
3556 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
4083 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
3557 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
4084 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
3558 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
4085 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
3559 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
4086 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
3560 " \"hg export\".\n"
4087 " \"hg export\"."
3561 "\n"
4088 msgstr ""
4089
4090 msgid ""
3562 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
4091 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
3563 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
4092 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
3564 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
4093 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
3565 " will be created.\n"
4094 " will be created."
3566 "\n"
4095 msgstr ""
4096
4097 msgid ""
3567 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
4098 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
3568 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
4099 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
3569 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n"
4100 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)"
3570 "\n"
4101 msgstr ""
4102
4103 msgid ""
3571 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
4104 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
3572 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
4105 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
3573 " will be sent.\n"
4106 " will be sent."
3574 "\n"
4107 msgstr ""
3575 " Examples::\n"
4108
3576 "\n"
4109 msgid ""
3577 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
4110 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
3578 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
4111 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
3579 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
4112 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
3580 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
4113 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)"
3581 "\n"
4114 msgstr ""
4115
4116 msgid ""
3582 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
4117 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
3583 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
4118 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
3584 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
4119 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3585 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
4120 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3586 "\n"
4121 msgstr ""
4122
4123 msgid ""
3587 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
4124 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
3588 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
4125 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
3589 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
4126 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3590 "default\n"
4127 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3591 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
4128 msgstr ""
3592 "DEST\n"
4129
3593 "\n"
4130 msgid ""
3594 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
4131 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
3595 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
4132 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
3596 " "
4133 " "
@@ -3610,14 +4147,11 b' msgstr ""'
3610
4147
3611 msgid ""
4148 msgid ""
3612 "\n"
4149 "\n"
3613 "Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n"
4150 "Write the introductory message for the patch series."
3614 "\n"
4151 msgstr ""
3615 msgstr ""
4152
3616
4153 #, python-format
3617 #, python-format
4154 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
3618 msgid ""
3619 "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n"
3620 "\n"
3621 msgstr ""
4155 msgstr ""
3622
4156
3623 msgid "Final summary:\n"
4157 msgid "Final summary:\n"
@@ -3705,27 +4239,38 b' msgstr ""'
3705 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
4239 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
3706 msgstr ""
4240 msgstr ""
3707
4241
3708 msgid ""
4242 msgid "removes files not tracked by Mercurial"
3709 "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n"
4243 msgstr ""
3710 "\n"
4244
4245 msgid ""
3711 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
4246 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
3712 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
4247 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree."
3713 "\n"
4248 msgstr ""
3714 " This means that purge will delete:\n"
4249
3715 "\n"
4250 msgid " This means that purge will delete:"
4251 msgstr ""
4252
4253 msgid ""
3716 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
4254 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
3717 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
4255 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
3718 " they contain files under source control management\n"
4256 " they contain files under source control management"
3719 "\n"
4257 msgstr ""
3720 " But it will leave untouched:\n"
4258
3721 "\n"
4259 msgid " But it will leave untouched:"
4260 msgstr ""
4261
4262 msgid ""
3722 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
4263 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
3723 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
4264 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
3724 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
4265 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")"
3725 "\n"
4266 msgstr ""
4267
4268 msgid ""
3726 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
4269 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
3727 " directories are considered.\n"
4270 " directories are considered."
3728 "\n"
4271 msgstr ""
4272
4273 msgid ""
3729 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
4274 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
3730 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
4275 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
3731 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
4276 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
@@ -3765,12 +4310,15 b' msgstr "\xe5\x9c\xa8\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6\xe5\x90\x8d\xe7\xa7\xb0\xe7\xbb\x93\xe5\xb0\xbe\xe5\xa2\x9e\xe5\x8a\xa0 NUL\xef\xbc\x8c\xe7\x94\xa8\xe4\xba\x8e xargs"'
3765 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
4310 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
3766 msgstr ""
4311 msgstr ""
3767
4312
3768 msgid ""
4313 msgid "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor"
3769 "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n"
4314 msgstr ""
3770 "\n"
4315
4316 msgid ""
3771 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
4317 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
3772 "repository.\n"
4318 "repository."
3773 "\n"
4319 msgstr ""
4320
4321 msgid ""
3774 "For more information:\n"
4322 "For more information:\n"
3775 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
4323 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
3776 msgstr ""
4324 msgstr ""
@@ -3778,13 +4326,16 b' msgstr ""'
3778 msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n"
4326 msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n"
3779 msgstr ""
4327 msgstr ""
3780
4328
3781 msgid ""
4329 msgid "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch"
3782 "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n"
4330 msgstr ""
3783 "\n"
4331
4332 msgid ""
3784 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
4333 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
3785 " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
4334 " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
3786 " changes relative to a master development tree.\n"
4335 " changes relative to a master development tree."
3787 "\n"
4336 msgstr ""
4337
4338 msgid ""
3788 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
4339 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
3789 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
4340 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
3790 " "
4341 " "
@@ -3936,9 +4487,7 b' msgstr ""'
3936 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
4487 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
3937 msgstr ""
4488 msgstr ""
3938
4489
3939 msgid ""
4490 msgid "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | [-c] | [-a]"
3940 "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | "
3941 "[-c] | [-a]"
3942 msgstr ""
4491 msgstr ""
3943
4492
3944 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
4493 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
@@ -4007,30 +4556,41 b' msgstr ""'
4007 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4556 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4008 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
4557 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
4009
4558
4010 msgid ""
4559 msgid "interactively select changes to commit"
4011 "interactively select changes to commit\n"
4560 msgstr ""
4012 "\n"
4561
4562 msgid ""
4013 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4563 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4014 " will be candidates for recording.\n"
4564 " will be candidates for recording."
4015 "\n"
4565 msgstr ""
4016 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4566
4017 "\n"
4567 msgid " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
4568 msgstr ""
4569
4570 msgid ""
4018 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4571 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4019 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4572 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4020 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4573 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4021 " possible::\n"
4574 " possible::"
4022 "\n"
4575 msgstr ""
4576
4577 msgid ""
4023 " y - record this change\n"
4578 " y - record this change\n"
4024 " n - skip this change\n"
4579 " n - skip this change"
4025 "\n"
4580 msgstr ""
4581
4582 msgid ""
4026 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4583 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4027 " f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
4584 " f - record remaining changes to this file"
4028 "\n"
4585 msgstr ""
4586
4587 msgid ""
4029 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4588 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4030 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4589 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4031 " q - quit, recording no changes\n"
4590 " q - quit, recording no changes"
4032 "\n"
4591 msgstr ""
4033 " ? - display help"
4592
4593 msgid " ? - display help"
4034 msgstr ""
4594 msgstr ""
4035
4595
4036 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
4596 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
@@ -4065,12 +4625,15 b' msgstr ""'
4065 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4625 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4066 msgstr ""
4626 msgstr ""
4067
4627
4068 msgid ""
4628 msgid "create a new shared repository (experimental)"
4069 "create a new shared repository (experimental)\n"
4629 msgstr ""
4070 "\n"
4630
4631 msgid ""
4071 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4632 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4072 " history with another repository.\n"
4633 " history with another repository."
4073 "\n"
4634 msgstr ""
4635
4636 msgid ""
4074 " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
4637 " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
4075 " source may confuse sharers.\n"
4638 " source may confuse sharers.\n"
4076 " "
4639 " "
@@ -4082,11 +4645,13 b' msgstr ""'
4082 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4645 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4083 msgstr ""
4646 msgstr ""
4084
4647
4085 msgid ""
4648 msgid "command to transplant changesets from another branch"
4086 "command to transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4649 msgstr ""
4087 "\n"
4650
4088 "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n"
4651 msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch."
4089 "\n"
4652 msgstr ""
4653
4654 msgid ""
4090 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4655 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4091 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4656 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4092 msgstr ""
4657 msgstr ""
@@ -4141,38 +4706,52 b' msgstr ""'
4141 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
4706 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
4142 msgstr ""
4707 msgstr ""
4143
4708
4144 msgid ""
4709 msgid "transplant changesets from another branch"
4145 "transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4710 msgstr ""
4146 "\n"
4711
4712 msgid ""
4147 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4713 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4148 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4714 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4149 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
4715 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::"
4150 "\n"
4716 msgstr ""
4151 " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
4717
4152 "\n"
4718 msgid " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)"
4719 msgstr ""
4720
4721 msgid ""
4153 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4722 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4154 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4723 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4155 " $1 and the patch as $2.\n"
4724 " $1 and the patch as $2."
4156 "\n"
4725 msgstr ""
4726
4727 msgid ""
4157 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4728 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4158 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4729 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4159 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4730 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4160 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4731 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4161 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4732 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4162 " changesets you want.\n"
4733 " changesets you want."
4163 "\n"
4734 msgstr ""
4735
4736 msgid ""
4164 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4737 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4165 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4738 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4166 " directory.\n"
4739 " directory."
4167 "\n"
4740 msgstr ""
4741
4742 msgid ""
4168 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4743 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4169 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4744 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4170 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4745 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4171 " normally instead of transplanting them.\n"
4746 " normally instead of transplanting them."
4172 "\n"
4747 msgstr ""
4748
4749 msgid ""
4173 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4750 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4174 " an interactive changeset browser.\n"
4751 " an interactive changeset browser."
4175 "\n"
4752 msgstr ""
4753
4754 msgid ""
4176 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4755 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4177 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4756 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4178 " --continue/-c.\n"
4757 " --continue/-c.\n"
@@ -4224,38 +4803,49 b' msgstr ""'
4224 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4803 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4225 msgstr ""
4804 msgstr ""
4226
4805
4227 msgid ""
4806 msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4228 "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4807 msgstr ""
4229 msgstr ""
4808
4230
4809 msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings"
4231 msgid ""
4810 msgstr ""
4232 "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n"
4811
4233 "\n"
4812 msgid ""
4234 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4813 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4235 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4814 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4236 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4815 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4237 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4816 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4238 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4817 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4239 "operation.\n"
4818 "operation."
4240 "\n"
4819 msgstr ""
4241 "This extension is useful for:\n"
4820
4242 "\n"
4821 msgid "This extension is useful for:"
4822 msgstr ""
4823
4824 msgid ""
4243 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4825 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4244 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4826 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4245 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4827 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4246 " case-insensitive file system.\n"
4828 " case-insensitive file system."
4247 "\n"
4829 msgstr ""
4248 "This extension is not needed for:\n"
4830
4249 "\n"
4831 msgid "This extension is not needed for:"
4832 msgstr ""
4833
4834 msgid ""
4250 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4835 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4251 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
4836 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings."
4252 "\n"
4837 msgstr ""
4253 "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
4838
4254 "\n"
4839 msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:"
4840 msgstr ""
4841
4842 msgid ""
4255 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4843 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4256 "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
4844 "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
4257 " HGENCODING.\n"
4845 " HGENCODING."
4258 "\n"
4846 msgstr ""
4847
4848 msgid ""
4259 "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
4849 "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
4260 "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
4850 "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
4261 "setting or HGENCODING.\n"
4851 "setting or HGENCODING.\n"
@@ -4272,31 +4862,41 b' msgstr ""'
4272 msgid "[win32mbcs] activated with encoding: %s\n"
4862 msgid "[win32mbcs] activated with encoding: %s\n"
4273 msgstr ""
4863 msgstr ""
4274
4864
4275 msgid ""
4865 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
4276 "perform automatic newline conversion\n"
4866 msgstr ""
4277 "\n"
4867
4278 "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
4868 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
4279 "\n"
4869 msgstr ""
4870
4871 msgid ""
4280 " [extensions]\n"
4872 " [extensions]\n"
4281 " win32text =\n"
4873 " win32text =\n"
4282 " [encode]\n"
4874 " [encode]\n"
4283 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4875 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4284 " # or ** = macencode:\n"
4876 " # or ** = macencode:"
4285 "\n"
4877 msgstr ""
4878
4879 msgid ""
4286 " [decode]\n"
4880 " [decode]\n"
4287 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4881 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4288 " # or ** = macdecode:\n"
4882 " # or ** = macdecode:"
4289 "\n"
4883 msgstr ""
4290 "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
4884
4291 "accident::\n"
4885 msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
4292 "\n"
4886 msgstr ""
4887
4888 msgid ""
4293 " [hooks]\n"
4889 " [hooks]\n"
4294 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4890 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4295 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
4891 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr"
4296 "\n"
4892 msgstr ""
4893
4894 msgid ""
4297 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4895 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4298 "pushed or pulled::\n"
4896 "pushed or pulled::"
4299 "\n"
4897 msgstr ""
4898
4899 msgid ""
4300 " [hooks]\n"
4900 " [hooks]\n"
4301 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4901 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4302 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
4902 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
@@ -4322,13 +4922,21 b' msgstr ""'
4322 msgid ""
4922 msgid ""
4323 "\n"
4923 "\n"
4324 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4924 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4325 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n"
4925 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:"
4326 "\n"
4926 msgstr ""
4927
4928 #, python-format
4929 msgid ""
4327 "[hooks]\n"
4930 "[hooks]\n"
4328 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n"
4931 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s"
4329 "\n"
4932 msgstr ""
4330 "and also consider adding:\n"
4933
4331 "\n"
4934 #, python-format
4935 msgid "and also consider adding:"
4936 msgstr ""
4937
4938 #, python-format
4939 msgid ""
4332 "[extensions]\n"
4940 "[extensions]\n"
4333 "win32text =\n"
4941 "win32text =\n"
4334 "[encode]\n"
4942 "[encode]\n"
@@ -4337,21 +4945,29 b' msgid ""'
4337 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4945 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4338 msgstr ""
4946 msgstr ""
4339
4947
4340 msgid ""
4948 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
4341 "discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n"
4949 msgstr ""
4342 "\n"
4950
4951 msgid ""
4343 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4952 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4344 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4953 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4345 "without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
4954 "without knowing their actual IP address."
4346 "\n"
4955 msgstr ""
4956
4957 msgid ""
4347 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4958 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4348 "in your repository::\n"
4959 "in your repository::"
4349 "\n"
4960 msgstr ""
4961
4962 msgid ""
4350 " $ cd test\n"
4963 " $ cd test\n"
4351 " $ hg serve\n"
4964 " $ hg serve"
4352 "\n"
4965 msgstr ""
4353 "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
4966
4354 "\n"
4967 msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::"
4968 msgstr ""
4969
4970 msgid ""
4355 " $ hg paths\n"
4971 " $ hg paths\n"
4356 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4972 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4357 msgstr ""
4973 msgstr ""
@@ -4612,38 +5228,46 b' msgid "empty commit message"'
4612 msgstr "空的提交日志"
5228 msgstr "空的提交日志"
4613
5229
4614 #, fuzzy
5230 #, fuzzy
4615 msgid ""
5231 msgid "add the specified files on the next commit"
4616 "add the specified files on the next commit\n"
5232 msgstr "增加指定文件用于下次提交"
4617 "\n"
5233
5234 #, fuzzy
5235 msgid ""
4618 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
5236 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
4619 " repository.\n"
5237 " repository."
4620 "\n"
5238 msgstr " 调度文件受版本控制,增加到版本库。"
5239
5240 #, fuzzy
5241 msgid ""
4621 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
5242 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
4622 " undo an add before that, see hg forget.\n"
5243 " undo an add before that, see hg forget."
4623 "\n"
5244 msgstr ""
5245 " 这些文件将于下次提交时增加到版本库。需要在提交前撤销增加,\n"
5246 " 参见 'hg revert'。"
5247
5248 #, fuzzy
5249 msgid ""
4624 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
5250 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
4625 " "
5251 " "
4626 msgstr ""
5252 msgstr ""
4627 "增加指定文件用于下次提交\n"
4628 "\n"
4629 " 调度文件受版本控制,增加到版本库。\n"
4630 "\n"
4631 " 这些文件将于下次提交时增加到版本库。需要在提交前撤销增加,\n"
4632 " 参见 'hg revert'。\n"
4633 "\n"
4634 " 如果没有给出文件名称,就增加所有文件到版本库。\n"
5253 " 如果没有给出文件名称,就增加所有文件到版本库。\n"
4635 " "
5254 " "
4636
5255
4637 msgid ""
5256 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
4638 "add all new files, delete all missing files\n"
5257 msgstr ""
4639 "\n"
5258
5259 msgid ""
4640 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
5260 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
4641 " repository.\n"
5261 " repository."
4642 "\n"
5262 msgstr ""
5263
5264 msgid ""
4643 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
5265 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
4644 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
5266 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
4645 " commit.\n"
5267 " commit."
4646 "\n"
5268 msgstr ""
5269
5270 msgid ""
4647 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
5271 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
4648 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
5272 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
4649 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
5273 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
@@ -4660,27 +5284,29 b' msgid "similarity must be between 0 and '
4660 msgstr ""
5284 msgstr ""
4661
5285
4662 #, fuzzy
5286 #, fuzzy
4663 msgid ""
5287 msgid "show changeset information by line for each file"
4664 "show changeset information by line for each file\n"
5288 msgstr "显示指定文件每行的修改集信息"
4665 "\n"
5289
5290 #, fuzzy
5291 msgid ""
4666 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
5292 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
4667 " each line\n"
5293 " each line"
4668 "\n"
5294 msgstr " 列出文件中的修改,为每行显示版本标识"
5295
5296 #, fuzzy
5297 msgid ""
4669 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
5298 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
4670 " by whom.\n"
5299 " by whom."
4671 "\n"
5300 msgstr " 此命令用于查找谁做出的修改,或者什么时候发生的修改"
5301
5302 #, fuzzy
5303 msgid ""
4672 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
5304 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
4673 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
5305 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
4674 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
5306 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
4675 " nor desirable.\n"
5307 " nor desirable.\n"
4676 " "
5308 " "
4677 msgstr ""
5309 msgstr ""
4678 "显示指定文件每行的修改集信息\n"
4679 "\n"
4680 " 列出文件中的修改,为每行显示版本标识\n"
4681 "\n"
4682 " 此命令用于查找谁做出的修改,或者什么时候发生的修改\n"
4683 "\n"
4684 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会避免处理检测为二进制的文件\n"
5310 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会避免处理检测为二进制的文件\n"
4685 " 当使用选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会直接产生追溯,可能会有不合需要的结果\n"
5311 " 当使用选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会直接产生追溯,可能会有不合需要的结果\n"
4686 " "
5312 " "
@@ -4695,25 +5321,34 b' msgstr ""'
4695 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
5321 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
4696 msgstr ""
5322 msgstr ""
4697
5323
4698 msgid ""
5324 msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision"
4699 "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n"
5325 msgstr ""
4700 "\n"
5326
5327 msgid ""
4701 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
5328 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
4702 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
5329 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
4703 "\n"
5330 msgstr ""
5331
5332 msgid ""
4704 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
5333 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
4705 " types are::\n"
5334 " types are::"
4706 "\n"
5335 msgstr ""
5336
5337 msgid ""
4707 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
5338 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
4708 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
5339 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
4709 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
5340 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
4710 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
5341 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
4711 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
5342 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
4712 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
5343 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
4713 "\n"
5344 msgstr ""
5345
5346 msgid ""
4714 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
5347 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
4715 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
5348 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
4716 "\n"
5349 msgstr ""
5350
5351 msgid ""
4717 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
5352 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
4718 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
5353 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
4719 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
5354 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
@@ -4730,23 +5365,25 b' msgstr ""'
4730 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
5365 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
4731 msgstr ""
5366 msgstr ""
4732
5367
4733 msgid ""
5368 msgid "reverse effect of earlier changeset"
4734 "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n"
5369 msgstr ""
4735 "\n"
5370
5371 msgid ""
4736 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
5372 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
4737 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
5373 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
4738 "\n"
5374 msgstr ""
5375
5376 msgid ""
4739 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
5377 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
4740 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
5378 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
4741 " backout changeset with another head.\n"
5379 " backout changeset with another head."
4742 "\n"
5380 msgstr ""
5381
5382 msgid ""
4743 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
5383 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
4744 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
5384 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
4745 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
5385 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
4746 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
5386 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
4747 "\n"
4748 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4749 " "
4750 msgstr ""
5387 msgstr ""
4751
5388
4752 msgid "please specify just one revision"
5389 msgid "please specify just one revision"
@@ -4785,9 +5422,10 b' msgstr ""'
4785 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
5422 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
4786 msgstr ""
5423 msgstr ""
4787
5424
4788 msgid ""
5425 msgid "subdivision search of changesets"
4789 "subdivision search of changesets\n"
5426 msgstr ""
4790 "\n"
5427
5428 msgid ""
4791 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
5429 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
4792 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
5430 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
4793 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
5431 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
@@ -4795,11 +5433,15 b' msgid ""'
4795 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
5433 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
4796 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
5434 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
4797 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
5435 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
4798 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
5436 " or announce that it has found the bad revision."
4799 "\n"
5437 msgstr ""
5438
5439 msgid ""
4800 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
5440 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
4801 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
5441 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
4802 "\n"
5442 msgstr ""
5443
5444 msgid ""
4803 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
5445 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
4804 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
5446 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
4805 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
5447 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
@@ -4852,22 +5494,29 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbf\xae\xe6\x94\xb9\xe9\x9b\x86: %d:%s\\n"'
4852 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
5494 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
4853 msgstr ""
5495 msgstr ""
4854
5496
4855 msgid ""
5497 msgid "set or show the current branch name"
4856 "set or show the current branch name\n"
5498 msgstr ""
4857 "\n"
5499
5500 msgid ""
4858 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5501 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
4859 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5502 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
4860 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5503 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
4861 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5504 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
4862 " branch.\n"
5505 " branch."
4863 "\n"
5506 msgstr ""
5507
5508 msgid ""
4864 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5509 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
4865 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
5510 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
4866 "\n"
5511 msgstr ""
5512
5513 msgid ""
4867 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5514 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
4868 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5515 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
4869 " change.\n"
5516 " change."
4870 "\n"
5517 msgstr ""
5518
5519 msgid ""
4871 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
5520 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
4872 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
5521 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
4873 " "
5522 " "
@@ -4884,40 +5533,54 b' msgstr ""'
4884 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
5533 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
4885 msgstr ""
5534 msgstr ""
4886
5535
4887 msgid ""
5536 msgid "list repository named branches"
4888 "list repository named branches\n"
5537 msgstr ""
4889 "\n"
5538
5539 msgid ""
4890 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5540 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
4891 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
5541 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
4892 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5542 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)."
4893 "\n"
5543 msgstr ""
5544
5545 msgid ""
4894 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
5546 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
4895 " is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
5547 " is considered active if it contains repository heads."
4896 "\n"
5548 msgstr ""
5549
5550 msgid ""
4897 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5551 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
4898 " "
5552 " "
4899 msgstr ""
5553 msgstr ""
4900
5554
4901 msgid ""
5555 msgid "create a changegroup file"
4902 "create a changegroup file\n"
5556 msgstr ""
4903 "\n"
5557
5558 msgid ""
4904 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5559 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
4905 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5560 " known to be in another repository."
4906 "\n"
5561 msgstr ""
5562
5563 msgid ""
4907 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
5564 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
4908 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
5565 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
4909 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5566 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
4910 " -a/--all (or --base null).\n"
5567 " -a/--all (or --base null)."
4911 "\n"
5568 msgstr ""
5569
5570 msgid ""
4912 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
5571 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
4913 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
5572 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
4914 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n"
5573 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
4915 "\n"
5574 msgstr ""
5575
5576 msgid ""
4916 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5577 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
4917 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5578 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
4918 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5579 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
4919 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5580 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable."
4920 "\n"
5581 msgstr ""
5582
5583 msgid ""
4921 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5584 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
4922 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5585 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
4923 " "
5586 " "
@@ -4929,62 +5592,85 b' msgstr ""'
4929 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
5592 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
4930 msgstr ""
5593 msgstr ""
4931
5594
4932 msgid ""
5595 msgid "output the current or given revision of files"
4933 "output the current or given revision of files\n"
5596 msgstr ""
4934 "\n"
5597
5598 msgid ""
4935 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5599 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
4936 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5600 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
4937 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
5601 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
4938 "\n"
5602 msgstr ""
5603
5604 msgid ""
4939 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5605 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
4940 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5606 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
4941 " for the export command, with the following additions::\n"
5607 " for the export command, with the following additions::"
4942 "\n"
5608 msgstr ""
5609
5610 msgid ""
4943 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
5611 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
4944 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5612 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
4945 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5613 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
4946 " "
5614 " "
4947 msgstr ""
5615 msgstr ""
4948
5616
4949 msgid ""
5617 msgid "make a copy of an existing repository"
4950 "make a copy of an existing repository\n"
5618 msgstr ""
4951 "\n"
5619
4952 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
5620 msgid " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
4953 "\n"
5621 msgstr ""
5622
5623 msgid ""
4954 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
5624 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
4955 " basename of the source.\n"
5625 " basename of the source."
4956 "\n"
5626 msgstr ""
5627
5628 msgid ""
4957 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
5629 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
4958 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
5630 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
4959 "\n"
5631 msgstr ""
5632
5633 msgid ""
4960 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
5634 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
4961 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
5635 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
4962 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
5636 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
4963 " on local repositories.\n"
5637 " on local repositories."
4964 "\n"
5638 msgstr ""
5639
5640 msgid ""
4965 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
5641 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
4966 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
5642 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
4967 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
5643 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
4968 " parent is the null revision).\n"
5644 " parent is the null revision)."
4969 "\n"
5645 msgstr ""
4970 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
5646
4971 "\n"
5647 msgid " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details."
5648 msgstr ""
5649
5650 msgid ""
4972 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
5651 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
4973 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
5652 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
4974 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
5653 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs."
4975 "\n"
5654 msgstr ""
5655
5656 msgid ""
4976 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
5657 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
4977 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
5658 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
4978 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
5659 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
4979 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
5660 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
4980 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
5661 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
4981 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
5662 " avoid hardlinking."
4982 "\n"
5663 msgstr ""
5664
5665 msgid ""
4983 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
5666 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
4984 " using full hardlinks with ::\n"
5667 " using full hardlinks with ::"
4985 "\n"
5668 msgstr ""
4986 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
5669
4987 "\n"
5670 msgid " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE"
5671 msgstr ""
5672
5673 msgid ""
4988 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
5674 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
4989 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
5675 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
4990 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
5676 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
@@ -4995,37 +5681,33 b' msgid ""'
4995 msgstr ""
5681 msgstr ""
4996
5682
4997 #, fuzzy
5683 #, fuzzy
4998 msgid ""
5684 msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes"
4999 "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n"
5685 msgstr "提交指定文件的修改或全部修改"
5000 "\n"
5686
5687 #, fuzzy
5688 msgid ""
5001 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5689 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5002 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5690 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5003 " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
5691 " for a way to actively distribute your changes."
5004 "\n"
5692 msgstr " 将指定文件的修改提交到版本库。"
5693
5694 #, fuzzy
5695 msgid ""
5005 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5696 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5006 " will be committed.\n"
5697 " will be committed."
5007 "\n"
5698 msgstr " 如果省略了文件列表,那么 \"hg status\" 报告的所有修改都被提交。"
5699
5700 #, fuzzy
5701 msgid ""
5008 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5702 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5009 " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
5703 " filenames or -I/-X filters."
5010 "\n"
5704 msgstr " 如果你要提交合并结果,请不要提供任何文件名称或过滤器 '-I/-X'。"
5705
5706 #, fuzzy
5707 msgid ""
5011 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5708 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5012 " started to prompt you for a message.\n"
5709 " started to prompt you for a message."
5013 "\n"
5710 msgstr " 如果没有指定提交日志,将会启动配置的编辑器,让你输入信息。"
5014 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5015 " "
5016 msgstr ""
5017 "提交指定文件的修改或全部修改\n"
5018 "\n"
5019 " 将指定文件的修改提交到版本库。\n"
5020 "\n"
5021 " 如果省略了文件列表,那么 \"hg status\" 报告的所有修改都被提交。\n"
5022 "\n"
5023 " 如果你要提交合并结果,请不要提供任何文件名称或过滤器 '-I/-X'。\n"
5024 "\n"
5025 " 如果没有指定提交日志,将会启动配置的编辑器,让你输入信息。\n"
5026 "\n"
5027 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
5028 " "
5029
5711
5030 msgid "nothing changed\n"
5712 msgid "nothing changed\n"
5031 msgstr "没有改变\n"
5713 msgstr "没有改变\n"
@@ -5037,17 +5719,22 b' msgstr "\xe5\xb7\xb2\xe7\xbb\x8f\xe5\x88\x9b\xe5\xbb\xba\xe6\x96\xb0\xe9\xa1\xb6\xe7\x82\xb9\\n"'
5037 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
5719 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
5038 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
5720 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
5039
5721
5040 msgid ""
5722 msgid "mark files as copied for the next commit"
5041 "mark files as copied for the next commit\n"
5723 msgstr ""
5042 "\n"
5724
5725 msgid ""
5043 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5726 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5044 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5727 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5045 " the source must be a single file.\n"
5728 " the source must be a single file."
5046 "\n"
5729 msgstr ""
5730
5731 msgid ""
5047 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5732 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5048 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5733 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5049 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
5734 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
5050 "\n"
5735 msgstr ""
5736
5737 msgid ""
5051 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5738 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5052 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5739 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5053 " "
5740 " "
@@ -5090,17 +5777,23 b' msgstr ""'
5090 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
5777 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
5091 msgstr ""
5778 msgstr ""
5092
5779
5093 msgid ""
5780 msgid "show combined config settings from all hgrc files"
5094 "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n"
5781 msgstr ""
5095 "\n"
5782
5096 " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
5783 msgid " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
5097 "\n"
5784 msgstr ""
5785
5786 msgid ""
5098 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5787 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5099 " of that config item.\n"
5788 " of that config item."
5100 "\n"
5789 msgstr ""
5790
5791 msgid ""
5101 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5792 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5102 " items with matching section names.\n"
5793 " items with matching section names."
5103 "\n"
5794 msgstr ""
5795
5796 msgid ""
5104 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5797 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5105 " for each config item.\n"
5798 " for each config item.\n"
5106 " "
5799 " "
@@ -5109,9 +5802,10 b' msgstr ""'
5109 msgid "only one config item permitted"
5802 msgid "only one config item permitted"
5110 msgstr ""
5803 msgstr ""
5111
5804
5112 msgid ""
5805 msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory"
5113 "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n"
5806 msgstr ""
5114 "\n"
5807
5808 msgid ""
5115 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
5809 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
5116 " be used with care.\n"
5810 " be used with care.\n"
5117 " "
5811 " "
@@ -5177,14 +5871,10 b' msgstr ""'
5177 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
5871 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
5178 msgstr ""
5872 msgstr ""
5179
5873
5180 msgid ""
5874 msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
5181 " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please "
5875 msgstr ""
5182 "check your .hgrc file)\n"
5876
5183 msgstr ""
5877 msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
5184
5185 msgid ""
5186 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
5187 "selenic.com/bts/\n"
5188 msgstr ""
5878 msgstr ""
5189
5879
5190 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
5880 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
@@ -5228,67 +5918,78 b' msgid "show how files match on given pat'
5228 msgstr ""
5918 msgstr ""
5229
5919
5230 #, fuzzy
5920 #, fuzzy
5231 msgid ""
5921 msgid "diff repository (or selected files)"
5232 "diff repository (or selected files)\n"
5922 msgstr "在版本库中比较(指定的文件)"
5233 "\n"
5923
5234 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
5924 #, fuzzy
5235 "\n"
5925 msgid " Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
5236 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
5926 msgstr " 显示指定文件在版本间的差异。"
5237 "\n"
5927
5928 #, fuzzy
5929 msgid " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
5930 msgstr " 文件间的差异使用同一差异格式显示。"
5931
5932 #, fuzzy
5933 msgid ""
5238 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5934 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5239 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5935 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5240 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
5936 " changeset if no revisions are specified."
5241 "\n"
5937 msgstr ""
5242 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
5938 " 注意: 对合并的比较可能会产生不期望的结果,因为没有指定版本时,默认\n"
5243 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
5939 " 与工作目录的直接父亲比较。"
5244 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
5940
5245 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
5941 #, fuzzy
5246 " to its parent.\n"
5942 msgid ""
5247 "\n"
5248 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5943 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5249 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5944 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5250 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5945 " anyway, probably with undesirable results."
5251 "\n"
5946 msgstr ""
5947 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5948 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。"
5949
5950 #, fuzzy
5951 msgid ""
5252 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5952 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5253 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5953 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5254 " "
5954 " "
5255 msgstr ""
5955 msgstr ""
5256 "在版本库中比较(指定的文件)\n"
5257 "\n"
5258 " 显示指定文件在版本间的差异。\n"
5259 "\n"
5260 " 文件间的差异使用同一差异格式显示。\n"
5261 "\n"
5262 " 注意: 对合并的比较可能会产生不期望的结果,因为没有指定版本时,默认\n"
5263 " 与工作目录的直接父亲比较。\n"
5264 "\n"
5265 " 当给出两个版本参数时,会显示在这些版本间的修改。如果只给出一个版本,\n"
5266 " 那么它将与工作目录比较。当没有指定版本时,将比较工作目录中的文件与\n"
5267 " 它的直接父亲。\n"
5268 "\n"
5269 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5270 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。\n"
5271 "\n"
5272 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读 'hg help diffs' 以\n"
5956 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读 'hg help diffs' 以\n"
5273 " 了解更多信息。\n"
5957 " 了解更多信息。\n"
5274 " "
5958 " "
5275
5959
5276 #, fuzzy
5960 #, fuzzy
5277 msgid ""
5961 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
5278 "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n"
5962 msgstr "为一个或多个修改集输出标题和差异"
5279 "\n"
5963
5280 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
5964 #, fuzzy
5281 "\n"
5965 msgid " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
5966 msgstr " 为一个或多个版本输出标题和差异。"
5967
5968 #, fuzzy
5969 msgid ""
5282 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
5970 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
5283 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n"
5971 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
5284 "\n"
5972 msgstr " 在修改集标题中显示的信息是: 作者,修改集哈希,父亲和提交日志。"
5973
5974 #, fuzzy
5975 msgid ""
5285 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5976 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5286 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5977 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5287 " first parent only.\n"
5978 " first parent only."
5288 "\n"
5979 msgstr ""
5980 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,导出可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只会将合并\n"
5981 " 修改集与其第一个父亲比较。"
5982
5983 #, fuzzy
5984 msgid ""
5289 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5985 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5290 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::\n"
5986 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::"
5291 "\n"
5987 msgstr ""
5988 " 可以输出到文件,这时会使用指定的格式化字符串构造文件名称。格式化规则\n"
5989 " 如下:"
5990
5991 #, fuzzy
5992 msgid ""
5292 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
5993 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
5293 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5994 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5294 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
5995 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
@@ -5296,31 +5997,8 b' msgid ""'
5296 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
5997 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
5297 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5998 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5298 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5999 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5299 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
6000 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number"
5300 "\n"
6001 msgstr ""
5301 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
5302 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
5303 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5304 "\n"
5305 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5306 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
5307 "\n"
5308 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
5309 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
5310 " "
5311 msgstr ""
5312 "为一个或多个修改集输出标题和差异\n"
5313 "\n"
5314 " 为一个或多个版本输出标题和差异。\n"
5315 "\n"
5316 " 在修改集标题中显示的信息是: 作者,修改集哈希,父亲和提交日志。\n"
5317 "\n"
5318 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,导出可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只会将合并\n"
5319 " 修改集与其第一个父亲比较。\n"
5320 "\n"
5321 " 可以输出到文件,这时会使用指定的格式化字符串构造文件名称。格式化规则\n"
5322 " 如下:\n"
5323 "\n"
5324 " %% 字符 \"%\"\n"
6002 " %% 字符 \"%\"\n"
5325 " %H 修改集哈希 (40 位十六进制数字)\n"
6003 " %H 修改集哈希 (40 位十六进制数字)\n"
5326 " %N 产生的补丁号\n"
6004 " %N 产生的补丁号\n"
@@ -5328,14 +6006,31 b' msgstr ""'
5328 " %b 待导出的版本库的基本名称\n"
6006 " %b 待导出的版本库的基本名称\n"
5329 " %h 短修改集哈希(12 位十六进制数字)\n"
6007 " %h 短修改集哈希(12 位十六进制数字)\n"
5330 " %n 从 1 开始补 0 的序列号\n"
6008 " %n 从 1 开始补 0 的序列号\n"
5331 " %r 补 0 的修改集版本号\n"
6009 " %r 补 0 的修改集版本号"
5332 "\n"
6010
6011 #, fuzzy
6012 msgid ""
6013 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
6014 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
6015 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
6016 msgstr ""
5333 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
6017 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5334 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。\n"
6018 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。"
5335 "\n"
6019
6020 #, fuzzy
6021 msgid ""
6022 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6023 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
6024 msgstr ""
5336 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读差异帮助主题以了解\n"
6025 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读差异帮助主题以了解\n"
5337 " 更多信息。\n"
6026 " 更多信息。"
5338 "\n"
6027
6028 #, fuzzy
6029 msgid ""
6030 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
6031 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
6032 " "
6033 msgstr ""
5339 " 使用选项 '--switch-parent',将会与第二个父亲比较。对于复审合并很有用。\n"
6034 " 使用选项 '--switch-parent',将会与第二个父亲比较。对于复审合并很有用。\n"
5340 " "
6035 " "
5341
6036
@@ -5348,16 +6043,21 b' msgstr ""'
5348 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
6043 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
5349 msgstr ""
6044 msgstr ""
5350
6045
5351 msgid ""
6046 msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit"
5352 "forget the specified files on the next commit\n"
6047 msgstr ""
5353 "\n"
6048
6049 msgid ""
5354 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
6050 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
5355 " after the next commit.\n"
6051 " after the next commit."
5356 "\n"
6052 msgstr ""
6053
6054 msgid ""
5357 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6055 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5358 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
6056 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
5359 " working directory.\n"
6057 " working directory."
5360 "\n"
6058 msgstr ""
6059
6060 msgid ""
5361 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
6061 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
5362 " "
6062 " "
5363 msgstr ""
6063 msgstr ""
@@ -5369,16 +6069,20 b' msgstr ""'
5369 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
6069 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
5370 msgstr ""
6070 msgstr ""
5371
6071
5372 msgid ""
6072 msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions"
5373 "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n"
6073 msgstr ""
5374 "\n"
6074
5375 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
6075 msgid " Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
5376 "\n"
6076 msgstr ""
6077
6078 msgid ""
5377 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
6079 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
5378 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
6080 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
5379 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
6081 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
5380 " match appears.\n"
6082 " match appears."
5381 "\n"
6083 msgstr ""
6084
6085 msgid ""
5382 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
6086 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
5383 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
6087 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
5384 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
6088 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
@@ -5391,28 +6095,38 b' msgstr ""'
5391 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
6095 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
5392 msgstr ""
6096 msgstr ""
5393
6097
5394 msgid ""
6098 msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads"
5395 "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n"
6099 msgstr ""
5396 "\n"
6100
5397 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
6101 msgid " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets."
5398 "\n"
6102 msgstr ""
6103
6104 msgid ""
5399 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
6105 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
5400 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
6106 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
5401 " for update and merge operations.\n"
6107 " for update and merge operations."
5402 "\n"
6108 msgstr ""
6109
6110 msgid ""
5403 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
6111 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
5404 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s).\n"
6112 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s)."
5405 "\n"
6113 msgstr ""
6114
6115 msgid ""
5406 " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
6116 " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
5407 " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
6117 " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
5408 " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
6118 " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
5409 " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
6119 " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
5410 " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
6120 " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
5411 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive.\n"
6121 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive."
5412 "\n"
6122 msgstr ""
6123
6124 msgid ""
5413 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
6125 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
5414 " (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
6126 " (see hg commit --close-branch)."
5415 "\n"
6127 msgstr ""
6128
6129 msgid ""
5416 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
6130 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
5417 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
6131 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
5418 " "
6132 " "
@@ -5433,11 +6147,13 b' msgstr ""'
5433 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
6147 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
5434 msgstr ""
6148 msgstr ""
5435
6149
5436 msgid ""
6150 msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview"
5437 "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n"
6151 msgstr ""
5438 "\n"
6152
5439 " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
6153 msgid " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
5440 "\n"
6154 msgstr ""
6155
6156 msgid ""
5441 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
6157 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
5442 " topic."
6158 " topic."
5443 msgstr ""
6159 msgstr ""
@@ -5459,12 +6175,8 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbd\xbf\xe7\x94\xa8 \\"hg -v help%s\\" \xe6\x98\xbe\xe7\xa4\xba\xe5\x88\xab\xe5\x90\x8d\xe5\x92\x8c\xe5\x85\xa8\xe5\xb1\x80\xe9\x80\x89\xe9\xa1\xb9"'
5459 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
6175 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
5460 msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 显示全局选项"
6176 msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 显示全局选项"
5461
6177
5462 msgid ""
6178 msgid "list of commands:"
5463 "list of commands:\n"
6179 msgstr "命令列表:"
5464 "\n"
5465 msgstr ""
5466 "命令列表:\n"
5467 "\n"
5468
6180
5469 #, python-format
6181 #, python-format
5470 msgid ""
6182 msgid ""
@@ -5494,39 +6206,36 b' msgid "no help text available"'
5494 msgstr "没有可用的帮助信息"
6206 msgstr "没有可用的帮助信息"
5495
6207
5496 #, fuzzy, python-format
6208 #, fuzzy, python-format
5497 msgid ""
6209 msgid "%s extension - %s"
5498 "%s extension - %s\n"
5499 "\n"
5500 msgstr "** 已加载的扩展: %s\n"
6210 msgstr "** 已加载的扩展: %s\n"
5501
6211
5502 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
6212 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
5503 msgstr "分布式软件配置管理工具 - 水银\n"
6213 msgstr "分布式软件配置管理工具 - 水银\n"
5504
6214
5505 msgid ""
6215 msgid "basic commands:"
5506 "basic commands:\n"
6216 msgstr "基本命令:"
5507 "\n"
6217
5508 msgstr ""
6218 msgid ""
5509 "基本命令:\n"
6219 "\n"
5510 "\n"
6220 "additional help topics:"
5511
6221 msgstr ""
5512 msgid ""
6222 "\n"
5513 "\n"
6223 "额外的帮助主题:"
5514 "additional help topics:\n"
6224
5515 "\n"
6225 msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision"
5516 msgstr ""
6226 msgstr ""
5517 "\n"
6227
5518 "额外的帮助主题:\n"
6228 msgid ""
5519 "\n"
5520
5521 msgid ""
5522 "identify the working copy or specified revision\n"
5523 "\n"
5524 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
6229 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
5525 " repository.\n"
6230 " repository."
5526 "\n"
6231 msgstr ""
6232
6233 msgid ""
5527 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
6234 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
5528 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
6235 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
5529 "\n"
6236 msgstr ""
6237
6238 msgid ""
5530 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
6239 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
5531 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
6240 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
5532 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
6241 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
@@ -5534,35 +6243,47 b' msgid ""'
5534 " "
6243 " "
5535 msgstr ""
6244 msgstr ""
5536
6245
5537 msgid ""
6246 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
5538 "import an ordered set of patches\n"
6247 msgstr ""
5539 "\n"
6248
5540 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n"
6249 msgid " Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
5541 "\n"
6250 msgstr ""
6251
6252 msgid ""
5542 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
6253 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
5543 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
6254 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
5544 "\n"
6255 msgstr ""
6256
6257 msgid ""
5545 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
6258 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
5546 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
6259 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
5547 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
6260 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
5548 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
6261 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
5549 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
6262 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
5550 " message.\n"
6263 " message."
5551 "\n"
6264 msgstr ""
6265
6266 msgid ""
5552 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
6267 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
5553 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
6268 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
5554 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
6269 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
5555 " override these.\n"
6270 " override these."
5556 "\n"
6271 msgstr ""
6272
6273 msgid ""
5557 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
6274 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
5558 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
6275 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
5559 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
6276 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
5560 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
6277 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
5561 " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
6278 " deficiencies in the text patch format."
5562 "\n"
6279 msgstr ""
6280
6281 msgid ""
5563 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
6282 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
5564 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
6283 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
5565 "\n"
6284 msgstr ""
6285
6286 msgid ""
5566 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
6287 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
5567 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
6288 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
5568 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6289 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
@@ -5588,56 +6309,69 b' msgstr "%s \xe4\xb8\x8d\xe6\x98\xaf\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\x9c\xb0\xe7\x9a\x84\xe6\xb0\xb4\xe9\x93\xb6\xe7\x89\x88\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\xba\x93"'
5588 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
6309 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
5589 msgstr ""
6310 msgstr ""
5590
6311
5591 msgid ""
6312 msgid "show new changesets found in source"
5592 "show new changesets found in source\n"
6313 msgstr ""
5593 "\n"
6314
6315 msgid ""
5594 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
6316 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
5595 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
6317 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
5596 " if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
6318 " if a pull at the time you issued this command."
5597 "\n"
6319 msgstr ""
6320
6321 msgid ""
5598 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
6322 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
5599 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
6323 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
5600 "\n"
6324 msgstr ""
6325
6326 msgid ""
5601 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
6327 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
5602 " "
6328 " "
5603 msgstr ""
6329 msgstr ""
5604
6330
5605 #, fuzzy
6331 #, fuzzy
5606 msgid ""
6332 msgid "create a new repository in the given directory"
5607 "create a new repository in the given directory\n"
6333 msgstr "在指定目录创建新版本库"
5608 "\n"
6334
6335 #, fuzzy
6336 msgid ""
5609 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
6337 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
5610 " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
6338 " directory does not exist, it will be created."
5611 "\n"
6339 msgstr " 在指定目录初始化新版本库。如果指定的目录不存在,那么会被创建。"
5612 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
6340
5613 "\n"
6341 #, fuzzy
6342 msgid " If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
6343 msgstr " 如果没有指定目录,就使用当前目录。"
6344
6345 #, fuzzy
6346 msgid ""
5614 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
6347 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
5615 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6348 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5616 " "
6349 " "
5617 msgstr ""
6350 msgstr ""
5618 "在指定目录创建新版本库\n"
5619 "\n"
5620 " 在指定目录初始化新版本库。如果指定的目录不存在,那么会被创建。\n"
5621 "\n"
5622 " 如果没有指定目录,就使用当前目录。\n"
5623 "\n"
5624 " 可以指定位置 'ssh://' 作为目标。参见命令 'hg help urls' 的帮助信息,\n"
6351 " 可以指定位置 'ssh://' 作为目标。参见命令 'hg help urls' 的帮助信息,\n"
5625 " 以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。\n"
6352 " 以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。\n"
5626 " "
6353 " "
5627
6354
5628 msgid ""
6355 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
5629 "locate files matching specific patterns\n"
6356 msgstr ""
5630 "\n"
6357
6358 msgid ""
5631 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
6359 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
5632 " names match the given patterns.\n"
6360 " names match the given patterns."
5633 "\n"
6361 msgstr ""
6362
6363 msgid ""
5634 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
6364 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
5635 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
6365 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
5636 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
6366 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
5637 "\n"
6367 msgstr ""
6368
6369 msgid ""
5638 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
6370 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
5639 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
6371 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
5640 "\n"
6372 msgstr ""
6373
6374 msgid ""
5641 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
6375 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
5642 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
6376 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
5643 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
6377 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
@@ -5646,29 +6380,156 b' msgid ""'
5646 msgstr ""
6380 msgstr ""
5647
6381
5648 #, fuzzy
6382 #, fuzzy
5649 msgid ""
6383 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
5650 "show revision history of entire repository or files\n"
6384 msgstr ""
5651 "\n"
6385 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6386 "\n"
6387 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6388 "\n"
6389 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6390 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6391 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6392 " 个父亲。\n"
6393 "\n"
6394 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6395 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6396 "\n"
6397 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6398 "\n"
6399 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6400 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6401 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6402 "\n"
6403 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6404 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6405 " 文件列表。\n"
6406 "\n"
6407 " "
6408
6409 #, fuzzy
6410 msgid ""
5652 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
6411 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
5653 " project.\n"
6412 " project."
5654 "\n"
6413 msgstr ""
6414 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6415 "\n"
6416 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6417 "\n"
6418 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6419 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6420 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6421 " 个父亲。\n"
6422 "\n"
6423 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6424 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6425 "\n"
6426 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6427 "\n"
6428 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6429 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6430 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6431 "\n"
6432 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6433 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6434 " 文件列表。\n"
6435 "\n"
6436 " "
6437
6438 #, fuzzy
6439 msgid ""
5655 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
6440 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
5656 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
6441 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
5657 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
6442 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
5658 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
6443 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
5659 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
6444 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
5660 "\n"
6445 msgstr ""
6446 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6447 "\n"
6448 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6449 "\n"
6450 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6451 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6452 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6453 " 个父亲。\n"
6454 "\n"
6455 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6456 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6457 "\n"
6458 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6459 "\n"
6460 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6461 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6462 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6463 "\n"
6464 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6465 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6466 " 文件列表。\n"
6467 "\n"
6468 " "
6469
6470 #, fuzzy
6471 msgid ""
5661 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
6472 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
5662 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
6473 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
5663 " used as the starting revision.\n"
6474 " used as the starting revision."
5664 "\n"
6475 msgstr ""
5665 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6476 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
5666 "\n"
6477 "\n"
6478 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6479 "\n"
6480 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6481 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6482 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6483 " 个父亲。\n"
6484 "\n"
6485 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6486 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6487 "\n"
6488 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6489 "\n"
6490 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6491 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6492 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6493 "\n"
6494 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6495 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6496 " 文件列表。\n"
6497 "\n"
6498 " "
6499
6500 #, fuzzy
6501 msgid ""
5667 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
6502 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
5668 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
6503 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
5669 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
6504 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
5670 " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
6505 " changed files and full commit message are shown."
5671 "\n"
6506 msgstr ""
6507 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6508 "\n"
6509 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6510 "\n"
6511 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6512 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6513 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6514 " 个父亲。\n"
6515 "\n"
6516 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6517 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6518 "\n"
6519 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6520 "\n"
6521 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6522 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6523 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6524 "\n"
6525 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6526 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6527 " 文件列表。\n"
6528 "\n"
6529 " "
6530
6531 #, fuzzy
6532 msgid ""
5672 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6533 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5673 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
6534 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
5674 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
6535 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
@@ -5699,30 +6560,65 b' msgstr ""'
5699 "\n"
6560 "\n"
5700 " "
6561 " "
5701
6562
5702 msgid ""
6563 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
5703 "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n"
6564 msgstr ""
5704 "\n"
6565
6566 msgid ""
5705 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
6567 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
5706 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
6568 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
5707 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
6569 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
5708 "\n"
6570 msgstr ""
6571
6572 msgid ""
5709 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
6573 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
5710 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
6574 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
5711 " "
6575 " "
5712 msgstr ""
6576 msgstr ""
5713
6577
5714 #, fuzzy
6578 #, fuzzy
5715 msgid ""
6579 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
5716 "merge working directory with another revision\n"
6580 msgstr ""
5717 "\n"
6581 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6582 "\n"
6583 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6584 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6585 "\n"
6586 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6587 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6588 " "
6589
6590 #, fuzzy
6591 msgid ""
5718 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
6592 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
5719 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
6593 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
5720 "\n"
6594 msgstr ""
6595 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6596 "\n"
6597 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6598 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6599 "\n"
6600 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6601 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6602 " "
6603
6604 #, fuzzy
6605 msgid ""
5721 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
6606 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
5722 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
6607 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
5723 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
6608 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
5724 " two parents.\n"
6609 " two parents."
5725 "\n"
6610 msgstr ""
6611 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6612 "\n"
6613 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6614 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6615 "\n"
6616 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6617 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6618 " "
6619
6620 #, fuzzy
6621 msgid ""
5726 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
6622 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
5727 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
6623 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
5728 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
6624 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
@@ -5753,26 +6649,29 b' msgstr ""'
5753 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
6649 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
5754 msgstr ""
6650 msgstr ""
5755
6651
5756 msgid ""
6652 msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev"
5757 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
6653 msgstr ""
5758 "rev"
6654
5759 msgstr ""
6655 msgid "show changesets not found in destination"
5760
6656 msgstr ""
5761 msgid ""
6657
5762 "show changesets not found in destination\n"
6658 msgid ""
5763 "\n"
5764 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
6659 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
5765 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
6660 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
5766 " be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
6661 " be pushed if a push was requested."
5767 "\n"
6662 msgstr ""
6663
6664 msgid ""
5768 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
6665 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
5769 " "
6666 " "
5770 msgstr ""
6667 msgstr ""
5771
6668
5772 #, fuzzy
6669 #, fuzzy
5773 msgid ""
6670 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
5774 "show the parents of the working directory or revision\n"
6671 msgstr "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲"
5775 "\n"
6672
6673 #, fuzzy
6674 msgid ""
5776 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
6675 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
5777 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
6676 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
5778 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
6677 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
@@ -5780,8 +6679,6 b' msgid ""'
5780 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
6679 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
5781 " "
6680 " "
5782 msgstr ""
6681 msgstr ""
5783 "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲\n"
5784 "\n"
5785 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
6682 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
5786 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
6683 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
5787 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
6684 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
@@ -5794,15 +6691,20 b' msgstr ""'
5794 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
6691 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
5795 msgstr ""
6692 msgstr ""
5796
6693
5797 msgid ""
6694 msgid "show aliases for remote repositories"
5798 "show aliases for remote repositories\n"
6695 msgstr ""
5799 "\n"
6696
6697 msgid ""
5800 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
6698 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
5801 " show definition of all available names.\n"
6699 " show definition of all available names."
5802 "\n"
6700 msgstr ""
6701
6702 msgid ""
5803 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
6703 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
5804 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
6704 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
5805 "\n"
6705 msgstr ""
6706
6707 msgid ""
5806 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6708 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5807 " "
6709 " "
5808 msgstr ""
6710 msgstr ""
@@ -5820,21 +6722,71 b' msgid "(run \'hg update\' to get a working'
5820 msgstr ""
6722 msgstr ""
5821
6723
5822 #, fuzzy
6724 #, fuzzy
5823 msgid ""
6725 msgid "pull changes from the specified source"
5824 "pull changes from the specified source\n"
6726 msgstr ""
5825 "\n"
6727 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
5826 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
6728 "\n"
5827 "\n"
6729 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6730 "\n"
6731 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6732 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6733 "\n"
6734 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6735 " 更多信息。\n"
6736 " "
6737
6738 #, fuzzy
6739 msgid " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
6740 msgstr ""
6741 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6742 "\n"
6743 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6744 "\n"
6745 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6746 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6747 "\n"
6748 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6749 " 更多信息。\n"
6750 " "
6751
6752 #, fuzzy
6753 msgid ""
5828 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
6754 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
5829 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
6755 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
5830 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
6756 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
5831 " project in the working directory.\n"
6757 " project in the working directory."
5832 "\n"
6758 msgstr ""
6759 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6760 "\n"
6761 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6762 "\n"
6763 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6764 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6765 "\n"
6766 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6767 " 更多信息。\n"
6768 " "
6769
6770 #, fuzzy
6771 msgid ""
5833 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
6772 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
5834 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
6773 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
5835 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
6774 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
5836 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
6775 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
5837 "\n"
6776 msgstr ""
6777 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6778 "\n"
6779 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6780 "\n"
6781 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6782 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6783 "\n"
6784 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6785 " 更多信息。\n"
6786 " "
6787
6788 #, fuzzy
6789 msgid ""
5838 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
6790 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
5839 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6791 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5840 " "
6792 " "
@@ -5851,41 +6803,47 b' msgstr ""'
5851 " "
6803 " "
5852
6804
5853 #, fuzzy
6805 #, fuzzy
5854 msgid ""
6806 msgid "push changes to the specified destination"
5855 "push changes to the specified destination\n"
6807 msgstr "推送改变到指定位置"
5856 "\n"
6808
5857 " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n"
6809 #, fuzzy
5858 "\n"
6810 msgid " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
6811 msgstr " 从本地版本库推送改变到指定位置。"
6812
6813 #, fuzzy
6814 msgid ""
5859 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
6815 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
5860 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
6816 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
5861 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
6817 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
5862 " current one.\n"
6818 " current one."
5863 "\n"
6819 msgstr ""
6820 " 这是 'pull' 的对称操作。它从当前版本库推送改变到其它版本库。如果目标\n"
6821 " 是本地版本库,那么此操作与在目标版本库从当前版本库执行 'pull' 操作等\n"
6822 " 同。"
6823
6824 #, fuzzy
6825 msgid ""
5864 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
6826 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
5865 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
6827 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
5866 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
6828 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
5867 "\n"
6829 msgstr ""
6830 " 推送默认拒绝导致增加远程版本库顶点数目的操作。这通常表明客户端在推送\n"
6831 " 之前忘记取得远程版本库的修改,并且合并。"
6832
6833 #, fuzzy
6834 msgid ""
5868 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
6835 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
5869 " be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
6836 " be pushed to the remote repository."
5870 "\n"
6837 msgstr ""
6838 " 如果使用了选项 '-r',此命名修改集以及其祖先都会被推送到远程版本库。\n"
6839 " "
6840
6841 #, fuzzy
6842 msgid ""
5871 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
6843 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
5872 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
6844 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
5873 " "
6845 " "
5874 msgstr ""
6846 msgstr ""
5875 "推送改变到指定位置\n"
5876 "\n"
5877 " 从本地版本库推送改变到指定位置。\n"
5878 "\n"
5879 " 这是 'pull' 的对称操作。它从当前版本库推送改变到其它版本库。如果目标\n"
5880 " 是本地版本库,那么此操作与在目标版本库从当前版本库执行 'pull' 操作等\n"
5881 " 同。\n"
5882 "\n"
5883 " 推送默认拒绝导致增加远程版本库顶点数目的操作。这通常表明客户端在推送\n"
5884 " 之前忘记取得远程版本库的修改,并且合并。\n"
5885 "\n"
5886 " 如果使用了选项 '-r',此命名修改集以及其祖先都会被推送到远程版本库。\n"
5887 " \n"
5888 "\n"
5889 " 参见主题 'urls' 的帮助信息,以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。如果没有\n"
6847 " 参见主题 'urls' 的帮助信息,以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。如果没有\n"
5890 " 给出目标位置,那么使用默认路径。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解更多信息。\n"
6848 " 给出目标位置,那么使用默认路径。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解更多信息。\n"
5891 " "
6849 " "
@@ -5894,11 +6852,13 b' msgstr ""'
5894 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
6852 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
5895 msgstr "正在推到 %s\n"
6853 msgstr "正在推到 %s\n"
5896
6854
5897 msgid ""
6855 msgid "roll back an interrupted transaction"
5898 "roll back an interrupted transaction\n"
6856 msgstr ""
5899 "\n"
6857
5900 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
6858 msgid " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
5901 "\n"
6859 msgstr ""
6860
6861 msgid ""
5902 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
6862 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
5903 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
6863 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
5904 " suggests it.\n"
6864 " suggests it.\n"
@@ -5906,51 +6866,57 b' msgid ""'
5906 msgstr ""
6866 msgstr ""
5907
6867
5908 #, fuzzy
6868 #, fuzzy
5909 msgid ""
6869 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
5910 "remove the specified files on the next commit\n"
6870 msgstr "在下次提交时删除指定文件"
5911 "\n"
6871
5912 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
6872 #, fuzzy
5913 "\n"
6873 msgid " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
6874 msgstr " 调度从版本库删除指定文件。"
6875
6876 #, fuzzy
6877 msgid ""
5914 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6878 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5915 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
6879 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
5916 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
6880 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
5917 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
6881 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
5918 " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
6882 " revision without deleting them from the working directory."
5919 "\n"
6883 msgstr ""
6884 " 它只从当前分支删除文件,不删除历史。'-A' 用于只移除已经删除的文\n"
6885 " 件,'-f' 用于强制删除,'-Af' 用于从下个版本移除文件,但是不删除\n"
6886 " 它们。"
6887
6888 #, fuzzy
6889 msgid ""
5920 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
6890 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
5921 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
6891 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
5922 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
6892 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
5923 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
6893 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
5924 " and Delete (from disk)::\n"
6894 " and Delete (from disk)::"
5925 "\n"
6895 msgstr ""
6896 " 下表给出了删除不同状态(列)文件的行为和可选的组合(行)。文件状态\n"
6897 " ('hg status' 报告的状态)是增加(A),干净(C),已修改(M),丢失(!)。\n"
6898 " 动作是警告(W),移除(R,从分支),以及删除(D,从磁盘)。"
6899
6900 #, fuzzy
6901 msgid ""
5926 " A C M !\n"
6902 " A C M !\n"
5927 " none W RD W R\n"
6903 " none W RD W R\n"
5928 " -f R RD RD R\n"
6904 " -f R RD RD R\n"
5929 " -A W W W R\n"
6905 " -A W W W R\n"
5930 " -Af R R R R\n"
6906 " -Af R R R R"
5931 "\n"
6907 msgstr ""
5932 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
5933 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
5934 " "
5935 msgstr ""
5936 "在下次提交时删除指定文件\n"
5937 "\n"
5938 " 调度从版本库删除指定文件。\n"
5939 "\n"
5940 " 它只从当前分支删除文件,不删除历史。'-A' 用于只移除已经删除的文\n"
5941 " 件,'-f' 用于强制删除,'-Af' 用于从下个版本移除文件,但是不删除\n"
5942 " 它们。\n"
5943 "\n"
5944 " 下表给出了删除不同状态(列)文件的行为和可选的组合(行)。文件状态\n"
5945 " ('hg status' 报告的状态)是增加(A),干净(C),已修改(M),丢失(!)。\n"
5946 " 动作是警告(W),移除(R,从分支),以及删除(D,从磁盘)。\n"
5947 "\n"
5948 " A C M !\n"
6908 " A C M !\n"
5949 " none W RD W R\n"
6909 " none W RD W R\n"
5950 " -f R RD RD R\n"
6910 " -f R RD RD R\n"
5951 " -A W W W R\n"
6911 " -A W W W R\n"
5952 " -Af R R R R\n"
6912 " -Af R R R R"
5953 "\n"
6913
6914 #, fuzzy
6915 msgid ""
6916 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
6917 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
6918 " "
6919 msgstr ""
5954 " 此命令调度下次提交时删除文件。\n"
6920 " 此命令调度下次提交时删除文件。\n"
5955 " 要在此之前撤销删除,请参见 'hg revert'。\n"
6921 " 要在此之前撤销删除,请参见 'hg revert'。\n"
5956 " "
6922 " "
@@ -5972,39 +6938,46 b' msgstr ""'
5972 msgid "has been marked for add"
6938 msgid "has been marked for add"
5973 msgstr ""
6939 msgstr ""
5974
6940
5975 msgid ""
6941 msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove"
5976 "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n"
6942 msgstr ""
5977 "\n"
6943
6944 msgid ""
5978 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
6945 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
5979 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
6946 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
5980 " file, there can only be one source.\n"
6947 " file, there can only be one source."
5981 "\n"
6948 msgstr ""
5982 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
6949
5983 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
6950 msgid ""
5984 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
5985 "\n"
5986 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
6951 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
5987 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6952 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5988 " "
6953 " "
5989 msgstr ""
6954 msgstr ""
5990
6955
5991 msgid ""
6956 msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update"
5992 "retry file merges from a merge or update\n"
6957 msgstr ""
5993 "\n"
6958
6959 msgid ""
5994 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
6960 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
5995 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
6961 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
5996 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
6962 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch."
5997 "\n"
6963 msgstr ""
6964
6965 msgid ""
5998 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
6966 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
5999 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
6967 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
6000 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
6968 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved."
6001 "\n"
6969 msgstr ""
6970
6971 msgid ""
6002 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
6972 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
6003 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
6973 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
6004 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
6974 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted."
6005 "\n"
6975 msgstr ""
6006 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
6976
6007 "\n"
6977 msgid " The codes used to show the status of files are::"
6978 msgstr ""
6979
6980 msgid ""
6008 " U = unresolved\n"
6981 " U = unresolved\n"
6009 " R = resolved\n"
6982 " R = resolved\n"
6010 " "
6983 " "
@@ -6019,36 +6992,49 b' msgstr ""'
6019 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
6992 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
6020 msgstr ""
6993 msgstr ""
6021
6994
6022 msgid ""
6995 msgid "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state"
6023 "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n"
6996 msgstr ""
6024 "\n"
6997
6998 msgid ""
6025 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6999 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6026 " change the working directory parents.)\n"
7000 " change the working directory parents.)"
6027 "\n"
7001 msgstr ""
7002
7003 msgid ""
6028 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
7004 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
6029 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
7005 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
6030 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
7006 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
6031 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
7007 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
6032 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
7008 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
6033 " revision to revert to.\n"
7009 " revision to revert to."
6034 "\n"
7010 msgstr ""
7011
7012 msgid ""
6035 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
7013 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
6036 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
7014 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
6037 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
7015 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
6038 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7016 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
6039 "\n"
7017 msgstr ""
7018
7019 msgid ""
6040 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
7020 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
6041 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
7021 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
6042 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
7022 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
6043 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
7023 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
6044 " afterwards.\n"
7024 " afterwards."
6045 "\n"
7025 msgstr ""
7026
7027 msgid ""
6046 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
7028 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
6047 " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
7029 " of a file was changed, it is reset."
6048 "\n"
7030 msgstr ""
7031
7032 msgid ""
6049 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
7033 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
6050 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
7034 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
6051 "\n"
7035 msgstr ""
7036
7037 msgid ""
6052 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
7038 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
6053 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
7039 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
6054 " "
7040 " "
@@ -6084,26 +7070,33 b' msgstr "\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6\xe6\x9c\xaa\xe8\xa2\xab\xe6\x8e\xa7\xe5\x88\xb6: %s\\n"'
6084 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
7070 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
6085 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
7071 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
6086
7072
6087 msgid ""
7073 msgid "roll back the last transaction"
6088 "roll back the last transaction\n"
7074 msgstr ""
6089 "\n"
7075
7076 msgid ""
6090 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
7077 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
6091 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
7078 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
6092 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
7079 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
6093 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
7080 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
6094 " the working directory.\n"
7081 " the working directory."
6095 "\n"
7082 msgstr ""
7083
7084 msgid ""
6096 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
7085 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
6097 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
7086 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
6098 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
7087 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
6099 " and their effects can be rolled back::\n"
7088 " and their effects can be rolled back::"
6100 "\n"
7089 msgstr ""
7090
7091 msgid ""
6101 " commit\n"
7092 " commit\n"
6102 " import\n"
7093 " import\n"
6103 " pull\n"
7094 " pull\n"
6104 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
7095 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
6105 " unbundle\n"
7096 " unbundle"
6106 "\n"
7097 msgstr ""
7098
7099 msgid ""
6107 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
7100 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
6108 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
7101 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
6109 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
7102 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
@@ -6113,28 +7106,29 b' msgid ""'
6113 " "
7106 " "
6114 msgstr ""
7107 msgstr ""
6115
7108
6116 msgid ""
7109 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
6117 "print the root (top) of the current working directory\n"
7110 msgstr ""
6118 "\n"
7111
7112 msgid ""
6119 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
7113 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
6120 " "
7114 " "
6121 msgstr ""
7115 msgstr ""
6122
7116
6123 #, fuzzy
7117 #, fuzzy
6124 msgid ""
7118 msgid "export the repository via HTTP"
6125 "export the repository via HTTP\n"
7119 msgstr "通过 HTTP 发布版本库"
6126 "\n"
7120
6127 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
7121 #, fuzzy
6128 "\n"
7122 msgid " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
7123 msgstr " 启动本地 HTTP 版本库浏览器和发布服务器。"
7124
7125 #, fuzzy
7126 msgid ""
6129 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
7127 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
6130 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
7128 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
6131 " files.\n"
7129 " files.\n"
6132 " "
7130 " "
6133 msgstr ""
7131 msgstr ""
6134 "通过 HTTP 发布版本库\n"
6135 "\n"
6136 " 启动本地 HTTP 版本库浏览器和发布服务器。\n"
6137 "\n"
6138 " 默认服务器访问日志输出到 stdout,错误日志输出到 stderr。\n"
7132 " 默认服务器访问日志输出到 stdout,错误日志输出到 stderr。\n"
6139 " 可以使用选项 \"-A\" 和 \"-E\",将这些日志输出到文件。\n"
7133 " 可以使用选项 \"-A\" 和 \"-E\",将这些日志输出到文件。\n"
6140 " "
7134 " "
@@ -6144,30 +7138,172 b' msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (boun'
6144 msgstr ""
7138 msgstr ""
6145
7139
6146 #, fuzzy
7140 #, fuzzy
6147 msgid ""
7141 msgid "show changed files in the working directory"
6148 "show changed files in the working directory\n"
7142 msgstr ""
6149 "\n"
7143 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7144 "\n"
7145 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7146 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7147 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7148 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7149 "\n"
7150 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7151 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7152 "\n"
7153 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7154 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7155 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7156 "\n"
7157 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7158 "\n"
7159 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7160 " M = 已修改\n"
7161 " A = 已增加\n"
7162 " R = 已移除\n"
7163 " C = 干净的\n"
7164 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7165 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7166 " I = 已忽略\n"
7167 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7168 " "
7169
7170 #, fuzzy
7171 msgid ""
6150 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
7172 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
6151 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
7173 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
6152 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
7174 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
6153 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
7175 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
6154 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
7176 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
6155 " options -mardu are used.\n"
7177 " options -mardu are used."
6156 "\n"
7178 msgstr ""
7179 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7180 "\n"
7181 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7182 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7183 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7184 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7185 "\n"
7186 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7187 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7188 "\n"
7189 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7190 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7191 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7192 "\n"
7193 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7194 "\n"
7195 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7196 " M = 已修改\n"
7197 " A = 已增加\n"
7198 " R = 已移除\n"
7199 " C = 干净的\n"
7200 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7201 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7202 " I = 已忽略\n"
7203 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7204 " "
7205
7206 #, fuzzy
7207 msgid ""
6157 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
7208 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
6158 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
7209 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
6159 "\n"
7210 msgstr ""
7211 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7212 "\n"
7213 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7214 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7215 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7216 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7217 "\n"
7218 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7219 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7220 "\n"
7221 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7222 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7223 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7224 "\n"
7225 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7226 "\n"
7227 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7228 " M = 已修改\n"
7229 " A = 已增加\n"
7230 " R = 已移除\n"
7231 " C = 干净的\n"
7232 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7233 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7234 " I = 已忽略\n"
7235 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7236 " "
7237
7238 #, fuzzy
7239 msgid ""
6160 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
7240 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
6161 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
7241 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
6162 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
7242 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
6163 " to one merge parent.\n"
7243 " to one merge parent."
6164 "\n"
7244 msgstr ""
7245 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7246 "\n"
7247 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7248 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7249 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7250 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7251 "\n"
7252 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7253 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7254 "\n"
7255 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7256 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7257 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7258 "\n"
7259 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7260 "\n"
7261 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7262 " M = 已修改\n"
7263 " A = 已增加\n"
7264 " R = 已移除\n"
7265 " C = 干净的\n"
7266 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7267 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7268 " I = 已忽略\n"
7269 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7270 " "
7271
7272 #, fuzzy
7273 msgid ""
6165 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
7274 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
6166 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
7275 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
6167 " shown.\n"
7276 " shown."
6168 "\n"
7277 msgstr ""
6169 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
7278 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
6170 "\n"
7279 "\n"
7280 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7281 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7282 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7283 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7284 "\n"
7285 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7286 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7287 "\n"
7288 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7289 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7290 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7291 "\n"
7292 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7293 "\n"
7294 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7295 " M = 已修改\n"
7296 " A = 已增加\n"
7297 " R = 已移除\n"
7298 " C = 干净的\n"
7299 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7300 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7301 " I = 已忽略\n"
7302 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7303 " "
7304
7305 #, fuzzy
7306 msgid ""
6171 " M = modified\n"
7307 " M = modified\n"
6172 " A = added\n"
7308 " A = added\n"
6173 " R = removed\n"
7309 " R = removed\n"
@@ -6205,26 +7341,29 b' msgstr ""'
6205 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7341 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
6206 " "
7342 " "
6207
7343
6208 msgid ""
7344 msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision"
6209 "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n"
7345 msgstr ""
6210 "\n"
7346
6211 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
7347 msgid " Name a particular revision using <name>."
6212 "\n"
7348 msgstr ""
7349
7350 msgid ""
6213 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
7351 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
6214 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
7352 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
6215 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
7353 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
6216 "\n"
7354 msgstr ""
7355
7356 msgid ""
6217 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
7357 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
6218 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
7358 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
6219 "\n"
7359 msgstr ""
7360
7361 msgid ""
6220 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
7362 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
6221 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
7363 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
6222 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
7364 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
6223 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
7365 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
6224 " shared among repositories).\n"
7366 " shared among repositories)."
6225 "\n"
6226 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6227 " "
6228 msgstr ""
7367 msgstr ""
6229
7368
6230 msgid "tag names must be unique"
7369 msgid "tag names must be unique"
@@ -6253,21 +7392,25 b' msgstr "\xe9\x9d\x9e\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\x9c\xb0\xe7\x89\x88\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\xba\x93 \'%s\'"'
6253 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
7392 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
6254 msgstr ""
7393 msgstr ""
6255
7394
6256 msgid ""
7395 msgid "list repository tags"
6257 "list repository tags\n"
7396 msgstr ""
6258 "\n"
7397
7398 msgid ""
6259 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
7399 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
6260 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
7400 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
6261 " "
7401 " "
6262 msgstr ""
7402 msgstr ""
6263
7403
6264 msgid ""
7404 msgid "show the tip revision"
6265 "show the tip revision\n"
7405 msgstr ""
6266 "\n"
7406
7407 msgid ""
6267 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
7408 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
6268 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
7409 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
6269 " recently changed head).\n"
7410 " recently changed head)."
6270 "\n"
7411 msgstr ""
7412
7413 msgid ""
6271 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
7414 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
6272 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
7415 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
6273 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
7416 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
@@ -6275,66 +7418,68 b' msgid ""'
6275 " "
7418 " "
6276 msgstr ""
7419 msgstr ""
6277
7420
6278 msgid ""
7421 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
6279 "apply one or more changegroup files\n"
7422 msgstr ""
6280 "\n"
7423
7424 msgid ""
6281 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
7425 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
6282 " bundle command.\n"
7426 " bundle command.\n"
6283 " "
7427 " "
6284 msgstr ""
7428 msgstr ""
6285
7429
6286 #, fuzzy
7430 #, fuzzy
6287 msgid ""
7431 msgid "update working directory"
6288 "update working directory\n"
7432 msgstr "更新工作目录"
6289 "\n"
7433
7434 #, fuzzy
7435 msgid ""
6290 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
7436 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
6291 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
7437 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
6292 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
7438 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
6293 " clone -U').\n"
7439 " clone -U')."
6294 "\n"
7440 msgstr ""
7441 " 更新工作目录到指定版本,或者到当前分支的顶点。使用 'null' 作为版本可以\n"
7442 " 删除工作副本(类似于 'hg clone -U')。"
7443
7444 #, fuzzy
7445 msgid ""
6295 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
7446 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
6296 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
7447 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
6297 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
7448 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
6298 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
7449 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
6299 " branch.\n"
7450 " branch."
6300 "\n"
7451 msgstr ""
7452 " 当工作目录包含未提交的修改时,它会被版本库中指定版本的状态替换。当请求\n"
7453 " 的版本位于不同分支时,工作目录会被切换到此分支。"
7454
7455 #, fuzzy
7456 msgid ""
6301 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
7457 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
6302 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
7458 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
6303 " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
7459 " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
6304 " to abort.\n"
7460 " to abort."
6305 "\n"
7461 msgstr ""
7462 " 可以使用选项 '-C' 来丢弃未提交的修改,强制使用请求的版本替换工作目录的\n"
7463 " 状态。"
7464
7465 #, fuzzy
7466 msgid ""
6306 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
7467 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
6307 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
7468 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
6308 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
7469 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
6309 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
7470 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
6310 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
7471 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
6311 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n"
7472 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
6312 "\n"
7473 msgstr ""
6313 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
6314 " revert.\n"
6315 "\n"
6316 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6317 " "
6318 msgstr ""
6319 "更新工作目录\n"
6320 "\n"
6321 " 更新工作目录到指定版本,或者到当前分支的顶点。使用 'null' 作为版本可以\n"
6322 " 删除工作副本(类似于 'hg clone -U')。\n"
6323 "\n"
6324 " 当工作目录包含未提交的修改时,它会被版本库中指定版本的状态替换。当请求\n"
6325 " 的版本位于不同分支时,工作目录会被切换到此分支。\n"
6326 "\n"
6327 " 可以使用选项 '-C' 来丢弃未提交的修改,强制使用请求的版本替换工作目录的\n"
6328 " 状态。\n"
6329 "\n"
6330 " 当有未提交的修改,没有使用选项 '-C',父版本和请求版本位于不同分支,并且\n"
7474 " 当有未提交的修改,没有使用选项 '-C',父版本和请求版本位于不同分支,并且\n"
6331 " 其中一个是另一个的祖先时,那么新的工作目录包含请求版本与未提交的修改的\n"
7475 " 其中一个是另一个的祖先时,那么新的工作目录包含请求版本与未提交的修改的\n"
6332 " 合并结果。否则,更新会失败,建议使用 'merge' 或 'update -C'。\n"
7476 " 合并结果。否则,更新会失败,建议使用 'merge' 或 'update -C'。"
6333 "\n"
7477
6334 " 如果你只想更新一个文件到旧版本,请使用 'revert'。\n"
7478 #, fuzzy
6335 "\n"
7479 msgid ""
6336 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
7480 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
6337 " "
7481 " revert."
7482 msgstr " 如果你只想更新一个文件到旧版本,请使用 'revert'。"
6338
7483
6339 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
7484 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
6340 msgstr ""
7485 msgstr ""
@@ -6343,11 +7488,13 b' msgstr ""'
6343 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
7488 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
6344 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
7489 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
6345
7490
6346 msgid ""
7491 msgid "verify the integrity of the repository"
6347 "verify the integrity of the repository\n"
7492 msgstr ""
6348 "\n"
7493
6349 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
7494 msgid " Verify the integrity of the current repository."
6350 "\n"
7495 msgstr ""
7496
7497 msgid ""
6351 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
7498 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
6352 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
7499 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
6353 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
7500 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
@@ -6749,9 +7896,7 b' msgstr ""'
6749 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
7896 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
6750 msgstr ""
7897 msgstr ""
6751
7898
6752 msgid ""
7899 msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option"
6753 "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
6754 "corresponding patch option"
6755 msgstr ""
7900 msgstr ""
6756
7901
6757 msgid "base path"
7902 msgid "base path"
@@ -7242,11 +8387,8 b' msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviat'
7242 msgstr "选项 '--cwd' 不能简短!"
8387 msgstr "选项 '--cwd' 不能简短!"
7243
8388
7244 #, fuzzy
8389 #, fuzzy
7245 msgid ""
8390 msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
7246 "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
8391 msgstr "选项 -R 必须隔离使用(也就是不能 -qR),并且 --repository 只能简短为 --repo!"
7247 "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
7248 msgstr ""
7249 "选项 -R 必须隔离使用(也就是不能 -qR),并且 --repository 只能简短为 --repo!"
7250
8392
7251 #, python-format
8393 #, python-format
7252 msgid "Time: real %.3f secs (user %.3f+%.3f sys %.3f+%.3f)\n"
8394 msgid "Time: real %.3f secs (user %.3f+%.3f sys %.3f+%.3f)\n"
@@ -7263,11 +8405,8 b' msgstr "\xe9\x9d\x9e\xe6\xb3\x95\xe5\x8f\x82\xe6\x95\xb0"'
7263 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
8405 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
7264 msgstr ""
8406 msgstr ""
7265
8407
7266 msgid ""
8408 msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/"
7267 "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
8409 msgstr "lsprof 不可用 - 从 http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/ 安装"
7268 "misc/lsprof/"
7269 msgstr ""
7270 "lsprof 不可用 - 从 http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/ 安装"
7271
8410
7272 #, python-format
8411 #, python-format
7273 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n"
8412 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n"
@@ -7355,31 +8494,44 b' msgid ""'
7355 " Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
8494 " Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
7356 " extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
8495 " extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
7357 " existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
8496 " existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
7358 " implement hooks.\n"
8497 " implement hooks."
7359 "\n"
8498 msgstr ""
8499
8500 msgid ""
7360 " Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
8501 " Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
7361 " they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
8502 " they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
7362 " usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
8503 " usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
7363 " as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
8504 " as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
7364 " for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
8505 " for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
7365 " Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
8506 " Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
7366 " needed.\n"
8507 " needed."
7367 "\n"
8508 msgstr ""
8509
8510 msgid ""
7368 " To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
8511 " To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
7369 " the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
8512 " the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
7370 " this::\n"
8513 " this::"
7371 "\n"
8514 msgstr ""
8515
8516 msgid ""
7372 " [extensions]\n"
8517 " [extensions]\n"
7373 " foo =\n"
8518 " foo ="
7374 "\n"
8519 msgstr ""
7375 " You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
8520
7376 "\n"
8521 msgid " You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
8522 msgstr ""
8523
8524 msgid ""
7377 " [extensions]\n"
8525 " [extensions]\n"
7378 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
8526 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
7379 "\n"
8527 msgstr ""
8528
8529 msgid ""
7380 " To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
8530 " To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
7381 " scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
8531 " scope, prepend its path with !::"
7382 "\n"
8532 msgstr ""
8533
8534 msgid ""
7383 " [extensions]\n"
8535 " [extensions]\n"
7384 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
8536 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
7385 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
8537 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
@@ -7400,13 +8552,18 b' msgstr ""'
7400
8552
7401 msgid ""
8553 msgid ""
7402 "\n"
8554 "\n"
7403 " Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
8555 " Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
7404 "\n"
8556 msgstr ""
8557
8558 msgid ""
7405 " - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
8559 " - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
7406 " - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
8560 " - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
7407 "\n"
8561 msgstr ""
7408 " Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n"
8562
7409 "\n"
8563 msgid " Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::"
8564 msgstr ""
8565
8566 msgid ""
7410 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
8567 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
7411 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
8568 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
7412 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
8569 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
@@ -7419,19 +8576,26 b' msgid ""'
7419 " \"2006-12-6\"\n"
8576 " \"2006-12-6\"\n"
7420 " \"12-6\"\n"
8577 " \"12-6\"\n"
7421 " \"12/6\"\n"
8578 " \"12/6\"\n"
7422 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
8579 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)"
7423 "\n"
8580 msgstr ""
7424 " Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n"
8581
7425 "\n"
8582 msgid " Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::"
7426 " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
8583 msgstr ""
7427 "\n"
8584
8585 msgid " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
8586 msgstr ""
8587
8588 msgid ""
7428 " This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n"
8589 " This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n"
7429 " the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).\n"
8590 " the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).\n"
7430 " offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC\n"
8591 " offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC\n"
7431 " (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
8592 " (negative if the timezone is east of UTC)."
7432 "\n"
8593 msgstr ""
7433 " The log command also accepts date ranges::\n"
8594
7434 "\n"
8595 msgid " The log command also accepts date ranges::"
8596 msgstr ""
8597
8598 msgid ""
7435 " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
8599 " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
7436 " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
8600 " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
7437 " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
8601 " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
@@ -7445,48 +8609,65 b' msgstr ""'
7445 msgid ""
8609 msgid ""
7446 "\n"
8610 "\n"
7447 " Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more\n"
8611 " Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more\n"
7448 " files at a time.\n"
8612 " files at a time."
7449 "\n"
8613 msgstr ""
8614
8615 msgid ""
7450 " By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended\n"
8616 " By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended\n"
7451 " glob patterns.\n"
8617 " glob patterns."
7452 "\n"
8618 msgstr ""
7453 " Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n"
8619
7454 "\n"
8620 msgid " Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
8621 msgstr ""
8622
8623 msgid ""
7455 " To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it\n"
8624 " To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it\n"
7456 " with \"path:\". These path names must completely match starting at\n"
8625 " with \"path:\". These path names must completely match starting at\n"
7457 " the current repository root.\n"
8626 " the current repository root."
7458 "\n"
8627 msgstr ""
8628
8629 msgid ""
7459 " To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n"
8630 " To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n"
7460 " rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"``*.c``\" will\n"
8631 " rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"``*.c``\" will\n"
7461 " only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\".\n"
8632 " only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\"."
7462 "\n"
8633 msgstr ""
8634
8635 msgid ""
7463 " The supported glob syntax extensions are \"``**``\" to match any\n"
8636 " The supported glob syntax extensions are \"``**``\" to match any\n"
7464 " string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n"
8637 " string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\"."
7465 "\n"
8638 msgstr ""
8639
8640 msgid ""
7466 " To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n"
8641 " To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n"
7467 " Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
8642 " Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
7468 "\n"
8643 msgstr ""
7469 " Plain examples::\n"
8644
7470 "\n"
8645 msgid " Plain examples::"
8646 msgstr ""
8647
8648 msgid ""
7471 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
8649 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
7472 " of the repository\n"
8650 " of the repository\n"
7473 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
8651 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
7474 "\n"
8652 msgstr ""
7475 " Glob examples::\n"
8653
7476 "\n"
8654 msgid " Glob examples::"
8655 msgstr ""
8656
8657 msgid ""
7477 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
8658 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
7478 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
8659 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
7479 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
8660 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
7480 " current directory including itself.\n"
8661 " current directory including itself.\n"
7481 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
8662 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
7482 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
8663 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
7483 " including itself.\n"
8664 " including itself."
7484 "\n"
8665 msgstr ""
7485 " Regexp examples::\n"
8666
7486 "\n"
8667 msgid " Regexp examples::"
7487 " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
8668 msgstr ""
7488 "\n"
8669
7489 " "
8670 msgid " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository"
7490 msgstr ""
8671 msgstr ""
7491
8672
7492 msgid "Environment Variables"
8673 msgid "Environment Variables"
@@ -7499,74 +8680,98 b' msgid ""'
7499 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
8680 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
7500 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
8681 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
7501 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
8682 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
7502 " Windows) is searched.\n"
8683 " Windows) is searched."
7503 "\n"
8684 msgstr ""
8685
8686 msgid ""
7504 "HGEDITOR\n"
8687 "HGEDITOR\n"
7505 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
8688 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
7506 "\n"
8689 msgstr ""
7507 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
8690
7508 "\n"
8691 msgid " (deprecated, use .hgrc)"
8692 msgstr ""
8693
8694 msgid ""
7509 "HGENCODING\n"
8695 "HGENCODING\n"
7510 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
8696 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
7511 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
8697 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
7512 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
8698 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
7513 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
8699 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
7514 "\n"
8700 msgstr ""
8701
8702 msgid ""
7515 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
8703 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
7516 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
8704 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
7517 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
8705 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
7518 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
8706 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
7519 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
8707 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
7520 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
8708 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
7521 " the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
8709 " the --encodingmode command-line option."
7522 "\n"
8710 msgstr ""
8711
8712 msgid ""
7523 "HGMERGE\n"
8713 "HGMERGE\n"
7524 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
8714 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
7525 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
8715 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
7526 " ancestor file.\n"
8716 " ancestor file."
7527 "\n"
8717 msgstr ""
7528 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
8718
7529 "\n"
8719 msgid ""
7530 "HGRCPATH\n"
8720 "HGRCPATH\n"
7531 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
8721 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
7532 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
8722 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
7533 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
8723 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
7534 " from the current repository is read.\n"
8724 " from the current repository is read."
7535 "\n"
8725 msgstr ""
7536 " For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
8726
7537 "\n"
8727 msgid " For each element in HGRCPATH:"
8728 msgstr ""
8729
8730 msgid ""
7538 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
8731 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
7539 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
8732 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
7540 "\n"
8733 msgstr ""
8734
8735 msgid ""
7541 "HGUSER\n"
8736 "HGUSER\n"
7542 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
8737 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
7543 " available values will be considered in this order:\n"
8738 " available values will be considered in this order:"
7544 "\n"
8739 msgstr ""
8740
8741 msgid ""
7545 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
8742 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
7546 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
8743 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
7547 " - EMAIL\n"
8744 " - EMAIL\n"
7548 " - interactive prompt\n"
8745 " - interactive prompt\n"
7549 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
8746 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)"
7550 "\n"
8747 msgstr ""
7551 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
8748
7552 "\n"
8749 msgid ""
7553 "EMAIL\n"
8750 "EMAIL\n"
7554 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
8751 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
7555 "\n"
8752 msgstr ""
8753
8754 msgid ""
7556 "LOGNAME\n"
8755 "LOGNAME\n"
7557 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
8756 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
7558 "\n"
8757 msgstr ""
8758
8759 msgid ""
7559 "VISUAL\n"
8760 "VISUAL\n"
7560 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
8761 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
7561 "\n"
8762 msgstr ""
8763
8764 msgid ""
7562 "EDITOR\n"
8765 "EDITOR\n"
7563 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
8766 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
7564 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
8767 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
7565 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
8768 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
7566 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
8769 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
7567 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
8770 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
7568 " defaults to 'vi'.\n"
8771 " defaults to 'vi'."
7569 "\n"
8772 msgstr ""
8773
8774 msgid ""
7570 "PYTHONPATH\n"
8775 "PYTHONPATH\n"
7571 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
8776 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
7572 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
8777 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
@@ -7578,31 +8783,45 b' msgstr ""'
7578
8783
7579 msgid ""
8784 msgid ""
7580 "\n"
8785 "\n"
7581 " Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n"
8786 " Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
7582 "\n"
8787 msgstr ""
8788
8789 msgid ""
7583 " A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers\n"
8790 " A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers\n"
7584 " are treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting\n"
8791 " are treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting\n"
7585 " the tip, -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth.\n"
8792 " the tip, -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
7586 "\n"
8793 msgstr ""
8794
8795 msgid ""
7587 " A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
8796 " A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
7588 " identifier.\n"
8797 " identifier."
7589 "\n"
8798 msgstr ""
8799
8800 msgid ""
7590 " A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
8801 " A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
7591 " unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
8802 " unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
7592 " identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the\n"
8803 " identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the\n"
7593 " prefix of exactly one full-length identifier.\n"
8804 " prefix of exactly one full-length identifier."
7594 "\n"
8805 msgstr ""
8806
8807 msgid ""
7595 " Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is\n"
8808 " Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is\n"
7596 " a symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch\n"
8809 " a symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch\n"
7597 " name denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch\n"
8810 " name denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch\n"
7598 " names must not contain the \":\" character.\n"
8811 " names must not contain the \":\" character."
7599 "\n"
8812 msgstr ""
8813
8814 msgid ""
7600 " The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies\n"
8815 " The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies\n"
7601 " the most recent revision.\n"
8816 " the most recent revision."
7602 "\n"
8817 msgstr ""
8818
8819 msgid ""
7603 " The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
8820 " The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
7604 " revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n"
8821 " revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
7605 "\n"
8822 msgstr ""
8823
8824 msgid ""
7606 " The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If\n"
8825 " The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If\n"
7607 " no working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If\n"
8826 " no working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If\n"
7608 " an uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the\n"
8827 " an uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the\n"
@@ -7618,32 +8837,36 b' msgid ""'
7618 "\n"
8837 "\n"
7619 " When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be\n"
8838 " When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be\n"
7620 " specified individually, or provided as a topologically continuous\n"
8839 " specified individually, or provided as a topologically continuous\n"
7621 " range, separated by the \":\" character.\n"
8840 " range, separated by the \":\" character."
7622 "\n"
8841 msgstr ""
8842 "\n"
8843 " 当水银接受多个版本时,它们可以单独给出,或者以字符 \":\" 分割的拓扑连续\n"
8844 " 范围格式提供。"
8845
8846 #, fuzzy
8847 msgid ""
7623 " The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END\n"
8848 " The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END\n"
7624 " are revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If\n"
8849 " are revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If\n"
7625 " BEGIN is not specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END\n"
8850 " BEGIN is not specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END\n"
7626 " is not specified, it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means\n"
8851 " is not specified, it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means\n"
7627 " \"all revisions\".\n"
8852 " \"all revisions\"."
7628 "\n"
8853 msgstr ""
8854 " 范围的语法是 '[BEGIN]:[END]',其中 'BEGIN' 和 'END' 是版本标识。'BEGIN'\n"
8855 " 和 'END' 都是可选的。'BEGIN' 默认是 0,'END' 默认是 'tip'。因此范围 \":\"\n"
8856 " 意味着全部版本。"
8857
8858 #, fuzzy
8859 msgid ""
7629 " If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse\n"
8860 " If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse\n"
7630 " order.\n"
8861 " order."
7631 "\n"
8862 msgstr " 如果 'BEGIN' 大于 'END',版本视为反序。"
8863
8864 #, fuzzy
8865 msgid ""
7632 " A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
8866 " A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
7633 " gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
8867 " gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
7634 " "
8868 " "
7635 msgstr ""
8869 msgstr ""
7636 "\n"
7637 " 当水银接受多个版本时,它们可以单独给出,或者以字符 \":\" 分割的拓扑连续\n"
7638 " 范围格式提供。\n"
7639 "\n"
7640 " 范围的语法是 '[BEGIN]:[END]',其中 'BEGIN' 和 'END' 是版本标识。'BEGIN'\n"
7641 " 和 'END' 都是可选的。'BEGIN' 默认是 0,'END' 默认是 'tip'。因此范围 \":"
7642 "\"\n"
7643 " 意味着全部版本。\n"
7644 "\n"
7645 " 如果 'BEGIN' 大于 'END',版本视为反序。\n"
7646 "\n"
7647 " 范围是闭区间。即范围 '3:5' 是 '3','4','5'。同样,范围 '9:6' 是 '9',\n"
8870 " 范围是闭区间。即范围 '3:5' 是 '3','4','5'。同样,范围 '9:6' 是 '9',\n"
7648 " '8','7' 和 '6'。\n"
8871 " '8','7' 和 '6'。\n"
7649 " "
8872 " "
@@ -7657,29 +8880,57 b' msgid ""'
7657 " Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two\n"
8880 " Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two\n"
7658 " versions of a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU\n"
8881 " versions of a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU\n"
7659 " diff, which can be used by GNU patch and many other standard\n"
8882 " diff, which can be used by GNU patch and many other standard\n"
7660 " tools.\n"
8883 " tools."
7661 "\n"
8884 msgstr ""
8885 "\n"
8886 " 水银显示文件不同版本之间差异的格式与 GNU diff 标准格式兼容,可用于\n"
8887 " GNU patch 和许多标准工具。"
8888
8889 #, fuzzy
8890 msgid ""
7662 " While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
8891 " While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
7663 " following information:\n"
8892 " following information:"
7664 "\n"
8893 msgstr " 虽然标准格式在大多数情况下都能满足要求,但是它不包含下述信息:"
8894
8895 #, fuzzy
8896 msgid ""
7665 " - executable status and other permission bits\n"
8897 " - executable status and other permission bits\n"
7666 " - copy or rename information\n"
8898 " - copy or rename information\n"
7667 " - changes in binary files\n"
8899 " - changes in binary files\n"
7668 " - creation or deletion of empty files\n"
8900 " - creation or deletion of empty files"
7669 "\n"
8901 msgstr ""
8902 " - 可执行状态和其它权限位\n"
8903 " - 复制或改名信息\n"
8904 " - 二进制文件的修改\n"
8905 " - 创建或删除空文件"
8906
8907 #, fuzzy
8908 msgid ""
7670 " Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
8909 " Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
7671 " which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n"
8910 " which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n"
7672 " produced by default because a few widespread tools still do not\n"
8911 " produced by default because a few widespread tools still do not\n"
7673 " understand this format.\n"
8912 " understand this format."
7674 "\n"
8913 msgstr ""
8914 " 水银也支持解决这些限制的 git 扩展差异格式。由于一些常用的工具还不支持\n"
8915 " 此格式,所以它不是默认格式。"
8916
8917 #, fuzzy
8918 msgid ""
7675 " This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
8919 " This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
7676 " (e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like\n"
8920 " (e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like\n"
7677 " file copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because\n"
8921 " file copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because\n"
7678 " when applying a standard diff to a different repository, this\n"
8922 " when applying a standard diff to a different repository, this\n"
7679 " extra information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like\n"
8923 " extra information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like\n"
7680 " push and pull) are not affected by this, because they use an\n"
8924 " push and pull) are not affected by this, because they use an\n"
7681 " internal binary format for communicating changes.\n"
8925 " internal binary format for communicating changes."
7682 "\n"
8926 msgstr ""
8927 " 这意味着当从水银版本库(例如 \"hg export\")产生差异时,在其它版本库应用标\n"
8928 " 准差异时,会丢失文件复制或改名等额外信息,所以你要小心处理。水银的内部\n"
8929 " 操作(例如 push 和 pull)在传达改变时,使用内部的二进制格式,所以不受影\n"
8930 " 响。"
8931
8932 #, fuzzy
8933 msgid ""
7683 " To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the\n"
8934 " To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the\n"
7684 " --git option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in\n"
8935 " --git option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in\n"
7685 " the [diff] section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this\n"
8936 " the [diff] section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this\n"
@@ -7687,25 +8938,6 b' msgid ""'
7687 " extension.\n"
8938 " extension.\n"
7688 " "
8939 " "
7689 msgstr ""
8940 msgstr ""
7690 "\n"
7691 " 水银显示文件不同版本之间差异的格式与 GNU diff 标准格式兼容,可用于\n"
7692 " GNU patch 和许多标准工具。\n"
7693 "\n"
7694 " 虽然标准格式在大多数情况下都能满足要求,但是它不包含下述信息:\n"
7695 "\n"
7696 " - 可执行状态和其它权限位\n"
7697 " - 复制或改名信息\n"
7698 " - 二进制文件的修改\n"
7699 " - 创建或删除空文件\n"
7700 "\n"
7701 " 水银也支持解决这些限制的 git 扩展差异格式。由于一些常用的工具还不支持\n"
7702 " 此格式,所以它不是默认格式。\n"
7703 "\n"
7704 " 这意味着当从水银版本库(例如 \"hg export\")产生差异时,在其它版本库应用标\n"
7705 " 准差异时,会丢失文件复制或改名等额外信息,所以你要小心处理。水银的内部\n"
7706 " 操作(例如 push 和 pull)在传达改变时,使用内部的二进制格式,所以不受影\n"
7707 " 响。\n"
7708 "\n"
7709 " 要让水银产生 git 扩展差异格式,可以对许多命令使用选项 '--git',或者在\n"
8941 " 要让水银产生 git 扩展差异格式,可以对许多命令使用选项 '--git',或者在\n"
7710 " 你的 hgrc 文件中的节 '[diff]' 中增加 'git = True'。当你从此格式导入时,\n"
8942 " 你的 hgrc 文件中的节 '[diff]' 中增加 'git = True'。当你从此格式导入时,\n"
7711 " 或在 mq 扩展中使用时,不需要设置此选项。\n"
8943 " 或在 mq 扩展中使用时,不需要设置此选项。\n"
@@ -7720,27 +8952,56 b' msgid ""'
7720 " Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
8952 " Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
7721 " templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
8953 " templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
7722 " line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
8954 " line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
7723 " template-style (--style).\n"
8955 " template-style (--style)."
7724 "\n"
8956 msgstr ""
8957 "\n"
8958 " 水银允许你通过模版定制命令的输出。你可以通过命令行选项 '--template'\n"
8959 " 来使用模版,或者选择已有的模版样式(--style)。"
8960
8961 #, fuzzy
8962 msgid ""
7725 " You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
8963 " You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
7726 " outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog.\n"
8964 " outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
7727 "\n"
8965 msgstr ""
8966 " 你可以定制任意输出与日志信息类似的命令,即: log,outgoing,incoming,\n"
8967 " tip,parents,heads 和 glog。"
8968
8969 #, fuzzy
8970 msgid ""
7728 " Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
8971 " Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
7729 " when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
8972 " when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
7730 " Usage::\n"
8973 " Usage::"
7731 "\n"
8974 msgstr " 水银中内置了 3 种样式: default (默认), compact 和 changelog。用法:"
7732 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
8975
7733 "\n"
8976 #, fuzzy
8977 msgid " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
8978 msgstr " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
8979
8980 #, fuzzy
8981 msgid ""
7734 " A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
8982 " A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
7735 " expansion::\n"
8983 " expansion::"
7736 "\n"
8984 msgstr " 模版是文本片断,其中的标记用于变量扩展:"
8985
8986 #, fuzzy
8987 msgid ""
7737 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
8988 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
7738 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
8989 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
7739 "\n"
8990 msgstr ""
8991 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
8992 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
8993
8994 #, fuzzy
8995 msgid ""
7740 " Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
8996 " Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
7741 " keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
8997 " keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
7742 " keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
8998 " keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
7743 "\n"
8999 msgstr ""
9000 " 花括号中的字符串称为关键字。可用的关键字依赖于模版的上下文。下述关键字\n"
9001 " 可用于输出与日志信息类似的命令:"
9002
9003 #, fuzzy
9004 msgid ""
7744 " :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
9005 " :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
7745 " :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
9006 " :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
7746 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
9007 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
@@ -7761,19 +9022,47 b' msgid ""'
7761 " :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
9022 " :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
7762 " number.\n"
9023 " number.\n"
7763 " :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
9024 " :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
7764 " changeset.\n"
9025 " changeset."
7765 "\n"
9026 msgstr ""
9027 " - author: 字符串。修改集的作者。\n"
9028 " - branches: 字符串。修改集的分支。如果分支名称为 'default' 则为空。\n"
9029 " - date: 日期信息。修改集的日期。\n"
9030 " - desc: 字符串。修改集的描述。\n"
9031 " - files: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改、增加和删除的全部文件。\n"
9032 " - file_adds: 字符串列表。修改集中被增加的文件。\n"
9033 " - file_mods: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改的文件\n"
9034 " - file_dels: 字符串列表。修改集中被删除的文件\n"
9035 " - node: 字符串。修改集的哈系标识,40 个字符的 16 进制字符串。\n"
9036 " - parents: 字符串列表。修改集的父亲。\n"
9037 " - rev: 整数。本地版本库的修改集的版本号。\n"
9038 " - tags: 字符串列表。修改集的标签。"
9039
9040 #, fuzzy
9041 msgid ""
7766 " The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
9042 " The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
7767 " want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
9043 " want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
7768 " it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
9044 " it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
7769 " variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
9045 " variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
7770 " output::\n"
9046 " output::"
7771 "\n"
9047 msgstr ""
9048 " 关键字 \"date\" 不产生人工可读的输出。如果你想在输出中使用日期,可以使用\n"
9049 " 过滤器来处理它。过滤器是根据输入变量返回字符串的函数。你还可以使用过滤\n"
9050 " 链来产生理想的输出:"
9051
9052 #, fuzzy
9053 msgid ""
7772 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
9054 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
7773 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
9055 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
7774 "\n"
9056 msgstr ""
7775 " List of filters:\n"
9057 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
7776 "\n"
9058 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
9059
9060 #, fuzzy
9061 msgid " List of filters:"
9062 msgstr " 过滤器列表:"
9063
9064 #, fuzzy
9065 msgid ""
7777 " :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
9066 " :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
7778 " every line except the last.\n"
9067 " every line except the last.\n"
7779 " :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
9068 " :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
@@ -7829,53 +9118,11 b' msgid ""'
7829 " address.\n"
9118 " address.\n"
7830 " "
9119 " "
7831 msgstr ""
9120 msgstr ""
7832 "\n"
7833 " 水银允许你通过模版定制命令的输出。你可以通过命令行选项 '--template'\n"
7834 " 来使用模版,或者选择已有的模版样式(--style)。\n"
7835 "\n"
7836 " 你可以定制任意输出与日志信息类似的命令,即: log,outgoing,incoming,\n"
7837 " tip,parents,heads 和 glog。\n"
7838 "\n"
7839 " 水银中内置了 3 种样式: default (默认), compact 和 changelog。用法:\n"
7840 "\n"
7841 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
7842 "\n"
7843 " 模版是文本片断,其中的标记用于变量扩展:\n"
7844 "\n"
7845 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
7846 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
7847 "\n"
7848 " 花括号中的字符串称为关键字。可用的关键字依赖于模版的上下文。下述关键字\n"
7849 " 可用于输出与日志信息类似的命令:\n"
7850 "\n"
7851 " - author: 字符串。修改集的作者。\n"
7852 " - branches: 字符串。修改集的分支。如果分支名称为 'default' 则为空。\n"
7853 " - date: 日期信息。修改集的日期。\n"
7854 " - desc: 字符串。修改集的描述。\n"
7855 " - files: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改、增加和删除的全部文件。\n"
7856 " - file_adds: 字符串列表。修改集中被增加的文件。\n"
7857 " - file_mods: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改的文件\n"
7858 " - file_dels: 字符串列表。修改集中被删除的文件\n"
7859 " - node: 字符串。修改集的哈系标识,40 个字符的 16 进制字符串。\n"
7860 " - parents: 字符串列表。修改集的父亲。\n"
7861 " - rev: 整数。本地版本库的修改集的版本号。\n"
7862 " - tags: 字符串列表。修改集的标签。\n"
7863 "\n"
7864 " 关键字 \"date\" 不产生人工可读的输出。如果你想在输出中使用日期,可以使用\n"
7865 " 过滤器来处理它。过滤器是根据输入变量返回字符串的函数。你还可以使用过滤\n"
7866 " 链来产生理想的输出:\n"
7867 "\n"
7868 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
7869 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
7870 "\n"
7871 " 过滤器列表:\n"
7872 "\n"
7873 " - addbreaks: 输入任意文本。除了最后一行,在每行的结尾增加 XHTML 标签\n"
9121 " - addbreaks: 输入任意文本。除了最后一行,在每行的结尾增加 XHTML 标签\n"
7874 " \"<br />\"。\n"
9122 " \"<br />\"。\n"
7875 " - age: 输入日期。返回指定日期与当前日期差异的人工可读的字符串。\n"
9123 " - age: 输入日期。返回指定日期与当前日期差异的人工可读的字符串。\n"
7876 " - basename: 输入任意文本。将输入视为路径,返回被路径分隔符隔开的最后\n"
9124 " - basename: 输入任意文本。将输入视为路径,返回被路径分隔符隔开的最后\n"
7877 " 一个组件的名称(忽略结尾的分隔符)。例如 \"foo/bar/baz\" 成为 \"baz"
9125 " 一个组件的名称(忽略结尾的分隔符)。例如 \"foo/bar/baz\" 成为 \"baz\",\n"
7878 "\",\n"
7879 " \"foo/bar//\" 成为 \"bar\"。\n"
9126 " \"foo/bar//\" 成为 \"bar\"。\n"
7880 " - date: 输入日期。返回指定日期的 Unix 日期格式字符串,包含时区,例如: \n"
9127 " - date: 输入日期。返回指定日期的 Unix 日期格式字符串,包含时区,例如: \n"
7881 " \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"。\n"
9128 " \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"。\n"
@@ -7911,69 +9158,915 b' msgstr "\xe7\xbb\x9f\xe4\xb8\x80\xe8\xb5\x84\xe6\xba\x90\xe5\xae\x9a\xe4\xbd\x8d\xe8\xb7\xaf\xe5\xbe\x84"'
7911 #, fuzzy
9158 #, fuzzy
7912 msgid ""
9159 msgid ""
7913 "\n"
9160 "\n"
7914 " Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
9161 " Valid URLs are of the form::"
7915 "\n"
9162 msgstr ""
9163 "\n"
9164 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9165 "\n"
9166 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9167 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9168 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9169 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9170 "\n"
9171 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9172 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9173 "\n"
9174 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9175 " 修改集。\n"
9176 "\n"
9177 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9178 "\n"
9179 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9180 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9181 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9182 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9183 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9184 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9185 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9186 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9187 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9188 " Compression no\n"
9189 " Host *\n"
9190 " Compression yes\n"
9191 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9192 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9193 "\n"
9194 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9195 " [paths]\n"
9196 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9197 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9198 " ...\n"
9199 "\n"
9200 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9201 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9202 "\n"
9203 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9204 "\n"
9205 " default:\n"
9206 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9207 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9208 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9209 "\n"
9210 " default-push:\n"
9211 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9212 " "
9213
9214 #, fuzzy
9215 msgid ""
7916 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
9216 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
7917 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
9217 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
7918 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
9218 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
7919 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
9219 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
7920 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
9220 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
7921 "\n"
9221 msgstr ""
9222 "\n"
9223 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9224 "\n"
9225 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9226 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9227 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9228 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9229 "\n"
9230 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9231 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9232 "\n"
9233 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9234 " 修改集。\n"
9235 "\n"
9236 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9237 "\n"
9238 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9239 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9240 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9241 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9242 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9243 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9244 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9245 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9246 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9247 " Compression no\n"
9248 " Host *\n"
9249 " Compression yes\n"
9250 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9251 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9252 "\n"
9253 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9254 " [paths]\n"
9255 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9256 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9257 " ...\n"
9258 "\n"
9259 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9260 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9261 "\n"
9262 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9263 "\n"
9264 " default:\n"
9265 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9266 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9267 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9268 "\n"
9269 " default-push:\n"
9270 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9271 " "
9272
9273 #, fuzzy
9274 msgid ""
7922 " Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
9275 " Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
7923 " repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
9276 " repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
7924 " incoming --bundle').\n"
9277 " incoming --bundle')."
7925 "\n"
9278 msgstr ""
9279 "\n"
9280 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9281 "\n"
9282 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9283 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9284 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9285 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9286 "\n"
9287 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9288 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9289 "\n"
9290 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9291 " 修改集。\n"
9292 "\n"
9293 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9294 "\n"
9295 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9296 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9297 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9298 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9299 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9300 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9301 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9302 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9303 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9304 " Compression no\n"
9305 " Host *\n"
9306 " Compression yes\n"
9307 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9308 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9309 "\n"
9310 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9311 " [paths]\n"
9312 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9313 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9314 " ...\n"
9315 "\n"
9316 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9317 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9318 "\n"
9319 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9320 "\n"
9321 " default:\n"
9322 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9323 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9324 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9325 "\n"
9326 " default-push:\n"
9327 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9328 " "
9329
9330 #, fuzzy
9331 msgid ""
7926 " An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n"
9332 " An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n"
7927 " or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
9333 " or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
7928 " revisions'.\n"
9334 " revisions'."
7929 "\n"
9335 msgstr ""
9336 "\n"
9337 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9338 "\n"
9339 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9340 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9341 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9342 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9343 "\n"
9344 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9345 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9346 "\n"
9347 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9348 " 修改集。\n"
9349 "\n"
9350 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9351 "\n"
9352 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9353 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9354 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9355 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9356 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9357 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9358 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9359 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9360 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9361 " Compression no\n"
9362 " Host *\n"
9363 " Compression yes\n"
9364 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9365 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9366 "\n"
9367 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9368 " [paths]\n"
9369 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9370 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9371 " ...\n"
9372 "\n"
9373 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9374 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9375 "\n"
9376 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9377 "\n"
9378 " default:\n"
9379 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9380 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9381 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9382 "\n"
9383 " default-push:\n"
9384 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9385 " "
9386
9387 #, fuzzy
9388 msgid ""
7930 " Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are\n"
9389 " Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are\n"
7931 " only possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote\n"
9390 " only possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote\n"
7932 " Mercurial server.\n"
9391 " Mercurial server."
7933 "\n"
9392 msgstr ""
7934 " Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
9393 "\n"
7935 "\n"
9394 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9395 "\n"
9396 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9397 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9398 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9399 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9400 "\n"
9401 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9402 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9403 "\n"
9404 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9405 " 修改集。\n"
9406 "\n"
9407 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9408 "\n"
9409 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9410 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9411 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9412 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9413 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9414 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9415 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9416 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9417 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9418 " Compression no\n"
9419 " Host *\n"
9420 " Compression yes\n"
9421 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9422 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9423 "\n"
9424 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9425 " [paths]\n"
9426 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9427 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9428 " ...\n"
9429 "\n"
9430 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9431 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9432 "\n"
9433 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9434 "\n"
9435 " default:\n"
9436 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9437 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9438 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9439 "\n"
9440 " default-push:\n"
9441 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9442 " "
9443
9444 #, fuzzy
9445 msgid " Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
9446 msgstr ""
9447 "\n"
9448 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9449 "\n"
9450 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9451 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9452 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9453 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9454 "\n"
9455 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9456 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9457 "\n"
9458 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9459 " 修改集。\n"
9460 "\n"
9461 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9462 "\n"
9463 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9464 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9465 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9466 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9467 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9468 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9469 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9470 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9471 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9472 " Compression no\n"
9473 " Host *\n"
9474 " Compression yes\n"
9475 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9476 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9477 "\n"
9478 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9479 " [paths]\n"
9480 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9481 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9482 " ...\n"
9483 "\n"
9484 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9485 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9486 "\n"
9487 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9488 "\n"
9489 " default:\n"
9490 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9491 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9492 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9493 "\n"
9494 " default-push:\n"
9495 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9496 " "
9497
9498 #, fuzzy
9499 msgid ""
7936 " - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination\n"
9500 " - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination\n"
7937 " machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as\n"
9501 " machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as\n"
7938 " remotecmd.\n"
9502 " remotecmd.\n"
7939 " - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n"
9503 " - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n"
7940 " Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute\n"
9504 " Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute\n"
7941 " path::\n"
9505 " path::"
7942 "\n"
9506 msgstr ""
9507 "\n"
9508 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9509 "\n"
9510 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9511 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9512 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9513 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9514 "\n"
9515 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9516 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9517 "\n"
9518 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9519 " 修改集。\n"
9520 "\n"
9521 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9522 "\n"
9523 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9524 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9525 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9526 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9527 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9528 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9529 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9530 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9531 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9532 " Compression no\n"
9533 " Host *\n"
9534 " Compression yes\n"
9535 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9536 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9537 "\n"
9538 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9539 " [paths]\n"
9540 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9541 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9542 " ...\n"
9543 "\n"
9544 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9545 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9546 "\n"
9547 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9548 "\n"
9549 " default:\n"
9550 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9551 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9552 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9553 "\n"
9554 " default-push:\n"
9555 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9556 " "
9557
9558 #, fuzzy
9559 msgid " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
9560 msgstr ""
9561 "\n"
9562 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9563 "\n"
9564 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9565 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9566 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9567 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9568 "\n"
9569 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9570 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9571 "\n"
9572 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9573 " 修改集。\n"
9574 "\n"
9575 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9576 "\n"
9577 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9578 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9579 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9580 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9581 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
7943 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9582 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
7944 "\n"
9583 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9584 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9585 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9586 " Compression no\n"
9587 " Host *\n"
9588 " Compression yes\n"
9589 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9590 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9591 "\n"
9592 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9593 " [paths]\n"
9594 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9595 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9596 " ...\n"
9597 "\n"
9598 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9599 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9600 "\n"
9601 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9602 "\n"
9603 " default:\n"
9604 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9605 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9606 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9607 "\n"
9608 " default-push:\n"
9609 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9610 " "
9611
9612 #, fuzzy
9613 msgid ""
7945 " - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right\n"
9614 " - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right\n"
7946 " thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
9615 " thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
7947 "\n"
9616 msgstr ""
9617 "\n"
9618 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9619 "\n"
9620 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9621 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9622 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9623 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9624 "\n"
9625 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9626 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9627 "\n"
9628 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9629 " 修改集。\n"
9630 "\n"
9631 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9632 "\n"
9633 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9634 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9635 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9636 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9637 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9638 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9639 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9640 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9641 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9642 " Compression no\n"
9643 " Host *\n"
9644 " Compression yes\n"
9645 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9646 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9647 "\n"
9648 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9649 " [paths]\n"
9650 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9651 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9652 " ...\n"
9653 "\n"
9654 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9655 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9656 "\n"
9657 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9658 "\n"
9659 " default:\n"
9660 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9661 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9662 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9663 "\n"
9664 " default-push:\n"
9665 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9666 " "
9667
9668 #, fuzzy
9669 msgid ""
9670 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9671 " Compression no\n"
9672 " Host *\n"
9673 " Compression yes"
9674 msgstr ""
9675 "\n"
9676 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9677 "\n"
9678 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9679 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9680 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9681 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9682 "\n"
9683 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9684 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9685 "\n"
9686 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9687 " 修改集。\n"
9688 "\n"
9689 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9690 "\n"
9691 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9692 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9693 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9694 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9695 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9696 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9697 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9698 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
7948 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9699 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
7949 " Compression no\n"
9700 " Compression no\n"
7950 " Host *\n"
9701 " Host *\n"
7951 " Compression yes\n"
9702 " Compression yes\n"
7952 "\n"
9703 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9704 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9705 "\n"
9706 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9707 " [paths]\n"
9708 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9709 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9710 " ...\n"
9711 "\n"
9712 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9713 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9714 "\n"
9715 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9716 "\n"
9717 " default:\n"
9718 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9719 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9720 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9721 "\n"
9722 " default-push:\n"
9723 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9724 " "
9725
9726 #, fuzzy
9727 msgid ""
7953 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc\n"
9728 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc\n"
7954 " or with the --ssh command line option.\n"
9729 " or with the --ssh command line option."
7955 "\n"
9730 msgstr ""
9731 "\n"
9732 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9733 "\n"
9734 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9735 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9736 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9737 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9738 "\n"
9739 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9740 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9741 "\n"
9742 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9743 " 修改集。\n"
9744 "\n"
9745 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9746 "\n"
9747 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9748 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9749 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9750 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9751 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9752 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9753 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9754 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9755 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9756 " Compression no\n"
9757 " Host *\n"
9758 " Compression yes\n"
9759 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9760 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9761 "\n"
9762 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9763 " [paths]\n"
9764 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9765 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9766 " ...\n"
9767 "\n"
9768 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9769 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9770 "\n"
9771 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9772 "\n"
9773 " default:\n"
9774 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9775 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9776 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9777 "\n"
9778 " default-push:\n"
9779 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9780 " "
9781
9782 #, fuzzy
9783 msgid ""
7956 " These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under\n"
9784 " These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under\n"
7957 " the [paths] section like so::\n"
9785 " the [paths] section like so::"
7958 "\n"
9786 msgstr ""
9787 "\n"
9788 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9789 "\n"
9790 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9791 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9792 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9793 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9794 "\n"
9795 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9796 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9797 "\n"
9798 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9799 " 修改集。\n"
9800 "\n"
9801 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9802 "\n"
9803 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9804 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9805 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9806 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9807 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9808 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9809 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9810 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9811 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9812 " Compression no\n"
9813 " Host *\n"
9814 " Compression yes\n"
9815 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9816 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9817 "\n"
9818 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9819 " [paths]\n"
9820 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9821 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9822 " ...\n"
9823 "\n"
9824 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9825 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9826 "\n"
9827 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9828 "\n"
9829 " default:\n"
9830 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9831 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9832 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9833 "\n"
9834 " default-push:\n"
9835 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9836 " "
9837
9838 #, fuzzy
9839 msgid ""
7959 " [paths]\n"
9840 " [paths]\n"
7960 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9841 " alias1 = URL1\n"
7961 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9842 " alias2 = URL2\n"
7962 " ...\n"
9843 " ..."
7963 "\n"
9844 msgstr ""
9845 "\n"
9846 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9847 "\n"
9848 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9849 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9850 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9851 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9852 "\n"
9853 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9854 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9855 "\n"
9856 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9857 " 修改集。\n"
9858 "\n"
9859 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9860 "\n"
9861 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9862 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9863 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9864 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9865 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9866 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9867 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9868 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9869 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9870 " Compression no\n"
9871 " Host *\n"
9872 " Compression yes\n"
9873 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9874 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9875 "\n"
9876 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9877 " [paths]\n"
9878 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9879 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9880 " ...\n"
9881 "\n"
9882 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9883 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9884 "\n"
9885 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9886 "\n"
9887 " default:\n"
9888 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9889 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9890 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9891 "\n"
9892 " default-push:\n"
9893 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9894 " "
9895
9896 #, fuzzy
9897 msgid ""
7964 " You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
9898 " You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
7965 " example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n"
9899 " example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path)."
7966 "\n"
9900 msgstr ""
9901 "\n"
9902 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9903 "\n"
9904 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9905 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9906 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9907 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9908 "\n"
9909 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9910 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9911 "\n"
9912 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9913 " 修改集。\n"
9914 "\n"
9915 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9916 "\n"
9917 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9918 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9919 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9920 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9921 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9922 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9923 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9924 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9925 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9926 " Compression no\n"
9927 " Host *\n"
9928 " Compression yes\n"
9929 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9930 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9931 "\n"
9932 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9933 " [paths]\n"
9934 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9935 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9936 " ...\n"
9937 "\n"
9938 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9939 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9940 "\n"
9941 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9942 "\n"
9943 " default:\n"
9944 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9945 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9946 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9947 "\n"
9948 " default-push:\n"
9949 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9950 " "
9951
9952 #, fuzzy
9953 msgid ""
7967 " Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults\n"
9954 " Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults\n"
7968 " when you do not provide the URL to a command:\n"
9955 " when you do not provide the URL to a command:"
7969 "\n"
9956 msgstr ""
9957 "\n"
9958 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9959 "\n"
9960 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9961 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9962 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9963 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9964 "\n"
9965 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9966 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9967 "\n"
9968 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9969 " 修改集。\n"
9970 "\n"
9971 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9972 "\n"
9973 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9974 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9975 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9976 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9977 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9978 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9979 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9980 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9981 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9982 " Compression no\n"
9983 " Host *\n"
9984 " Compression yes\n"
9985 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9986 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9987 "\n"
9988 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9989 " [paths]\n"
9990 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9991 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9992 " ...\n"
9993 "\n"
9994 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9995 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9996 "\n"
9997 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9998 "\n"
9999 " default:\n"
10000 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
10001 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
10002 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
10003 "\n"
10004 " default-push:\n"
10005 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
10006 " "
10007
10008 #, fuzzy
10009 msgid ""
7970 " default:\n"
10010 " default:\n"
7971 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command\n"
10011 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command\n"
7972 " saves the location of the source repository as the new\n"
10012 " saves the location of the source repository as the new\n"
7973 " repository's 'default' path. This is then used when you omit\n"
10013 " repository's 'default' path. This is then used when you omit\n"
7974 " path from push- and pull-like commands (including incoming and\n"
10014 " path from push- and pull-like commands (including incoming and\n"
7975 " outgoing).\n"
10015 " outgoing)."
7976 "\n"
10016 msgstr ""
10017 "\n"
10018 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
10019 "\n"
10020 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
10021 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10022 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10023 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10024 "\n"
10025 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
10026 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
10027 "\n"
10028 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
10029 " 修改集。\n"
10030 "\n"
10031 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
10032 "\n"
10033 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
10034 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
10035 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
10036 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
10037 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
10038 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
10039 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
10040 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
10041 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
10042 " Compression no\n"
10043 " Host *\n"
10044 " Compression yes\n"
10045 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
10046 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
10047 "\n"
10048 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
10049 " [paths]\n"
10050 " alias1 = URL1\n"
10051 " alias2 = URL2\n"
10052 " ...\n"
10053 "\n"
10054 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
10055 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
10056 "\n"
10057 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
10058 "\n"
10059 " default:\n"
10060 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
10061 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
10062 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
10063 "\n"
10064 " default-push:\n"
10065 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
10066 " "
10067
10068 #, fuzzy
10069 msgid ""
7977 " default-push:\n"
10070 " default-push:\n"
7978 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
10071 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
7979 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
10072 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
@@ -8057,9 +10150,7 b' msgstr ""'
8057 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
10150 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
8058 msgstr "非本地版本库 '%s'"
10151 msgstr "非本地版本库 '%s'"
8059
10152
8060 msgid ""
10153 msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision"
8061 "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
8062 "by revision"
8063 msgstr ""
10154 msgstr ""
8064
10155
8065 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
10156 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
@@ -8084,9 +10175,7 b' msgstr "%d \xe4\xb8\xaa\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6%s"'
8084 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
10175 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
8085 msgstr ""
10176 msgstr ""
8086
10177
8087 msgid ""
10178 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg up --clean' to abandon\n"
8088 "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg up --clean' to "
8089 "abandon\n"
8090 msgstr ""
10179 msgstr ""
8091
10180
8092 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
10181 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
@@ -8438,9 +10527,7 b' msgstr ""'
8438 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
10527 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
8439 msgstr "正在请求全部修改\n"
10528 msgstr "正在请求全部修改\n"
8440
10529
8441 msgid ""
10530 msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset."
8442 "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
8443 "changegroupsubset."
8444 msgstr ""
10531 msgstr ""
8445
10532
8446 #, python-format
10533 #, python-format
@@ -8577,9 +10664,7 b' msgid "diff context lines count must be '
8577 msgstr ""
10664 msgstr ""
8578
10665
8579 #, python-format
10666 #, python-format
8580 msgid ""
10667 msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'"
8581 "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
8582 "'%s'"
8583 msgstr ""
10668 msgstr ""
8584
10669
8585 #, python-format
10670 #, python-format
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now